Show: 25 50 75 100 Results

Search results: 100 out of 9,219

الوجود الفلسطيني في الكويت 1961 - 1991 : دراسة تاريخية == Palestinian presence in Kuwait 1961 - 1991 (Historical Study)

Author name: حسين فالح جياد
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The research aims to address the issue of the Palestinian presence in Kuwait, which spanned from 1961 - 1991, where Kuwait has witnessed the influx of large numbers of Palestinians on its territory because of the Arab - Israeli wars and the ensuing forced displacement of Palestinians to various parts of the world, including Kuwait, and Kuwait began to exploit human potential Palestinian in their favor starting the use of the educational mission of the Palestinian, which played an active part in the development of this vital sector and spread Palestinians contributions to the development of the other in Kuwait sectors, including the oil sector, including the oil sector and the health sector, the army and police, although the Palestinians contributions to the construction of the State of Kuwait, but the Kuwaiti government and even after political independence in 1961, will not compromise on the issue of granting citizenship to the Palestinians and put impossible conditions aimed from behind to reduce the growth of the Palestinian presence and turn it into a permanent presence I took is the Palestinians that a temporary presence, but Kuwait has shown a high amount of understanding of the problem of the Palestinians on its territory, worked to absorb and handle it with the utmost seriousness and spirit of national and Arab hospitable driven by the quest to win the respect of the Arab world have, especially since Arabism, national and national standards were measured on the attention span of the regulations to the Palestinian cause and the Palestinians specifically, Kuwait became the main theater of the Palestinian diaspora even became the talk of the Palestinian entity is the main concern for the Palestinians in Kuwait, especially in the first few months of 1964 and confirmed by the first Arab Summit Conference held in Cairo in 1964, headed by Gamal Abdel Nasser, as the latter commissioned Ahmed Shuqairi the task of establishing an entity for the Palestinians, after the establishment of the Palestinian Liberation Organization, Ahmed Shukairy opened a special office in Kuwait. Then open the office door to join the Palestinian Liberation Army has consistently office himself to do military training and the organization's Liberation Army in Kuwait, after a setback in June 1967, Kuwait called for the convening of a conference of Arab foreign ministers to discuss the situation and participated Kuwait some military forces in this war also reached large numbers of army Palestinian Liberation coming from Kuwait towards Iraq through Jordan and Syria to participate in this war, and as a result of the war in 1967, the flow of thousands of Palestinians from the West Bank and Gaza Strip on Kuwait stability where after Israeli troops took control of the land and the Ptahjaarham the Kuwaiti government refused at the time the students are learning in schools citing the lack of places to have, but the officials at the organization's office persuaded the use of its schools in the afternoon and these schools lasted from 1967 - 1976 where he closed this year, Palestinian residents participated in Kuwait inhabitants and political events that were taking place in the region, including in October in war 1973 and the events of black September and the armed movement in Dhofar and civil war in Lebanon province down to their involvement in recent terrorist attacks in Kuwait in the eighties which is the impact on their relationship with the Kuwaiti government, which took looking for a reason to get them out of Kuwait, especially after a hectic press campaigns that began waged against the government Kuwait, came the Iraqi occupation of Kuwait in 1990 and take the Palestinians supportive stance to Iraq to put the argument in the hands of the Kuwaiti government to remove the Palestinians from its territory after the liberation of Kuwait in February 1991, the Kuwaiti government launched military campaigns against the Palestinians and arrested thousands of them and tortured as the deportation of the others out of Kuwait

دور نواب المنتفك في مجلس النواب العراقي 1946 - 1958

Author name: دعاء صباح بدر
Supervisor name: علي حسين نمر الاسماعيلي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Studies addressed the Academy Brigad Almentvk many aspects of modern and contemporary history of the meant , particularly in duration recent studied some of the institutions that have had asgnificant in the development of mijor General and progress as institions of Education health and other Mmasaad thus sounding the depths of the areas were not known with a dearth of information and resources related to the subject and them he went inside academic institutions in the province to work on the preparation of the competent studies on various areas of history Governorate in order to enrich the definition of inheritance of civilization to the region experience mmasaad to revive its history of being possessed stockpiles civilized replete and accumulated thus must advance this responsibility and play the role of researcher , in ventilator of the piece of information is conducive to achieving the goal Guy and the desired scientific procession service.The study was divided pave and three chapters , the boot to beginning of parliamentary life in Iraq and the participation of the people of the banner Almentvk where until 1946 touched , and section on the two addressed the contribution of the people of oaoualmentvk in the constituent Assembly walthani the role of brigade Almentvk in the Iraq parliament council 1925 - 1946.The First chapter came first section from the numerical representation of the brigade Almentvk deputies in the chamber of Deputies during the duration 1946 - 1958 political affiliation and roots social and cultural level of the deputies. The second topic deputies Brigade Almentvk position of parliamentary elections. The second chapter Turning to the position of deputy brigade Almentvk political developments of internal and external Iraq . the department also death with two sections on the first section position Almentvk deputies from internal development in Iraq 1946 - 1958.Otafrd to the positions of deputy brigade Almentvk of curricula and ministerial issues of military recruitment and internal political events , the most important of which was the Treaty of Portsmouth and wathba January.The third chapter and last came titled positions Almentvk deputies from economic and social issues in the House of Representat atives 1946 - 1958 and section on the two themes first addressed proposals of deputies Brigade Almentvk to address some of the time and what Jhoh of criticism about the fiscal budget and maaguetrahoh and called for its amendment on the issue taxation and improve the agricultural situation in Iraq in general and their position the problem of land in my brigade Almentvk architecture and urged government to pay attention to the industrial and their position on the issue of oil in Iraq and their interest in ages and trade

حميد فرنجية ودوره السياسي في لبنان 1907 - 1981 == Hamid Franjieh and Political role in Lebanon 1907 - 1981

Author name: ضمياء رشك جبار الغالبي
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Operated character study that led different roles in the political, economic and social aspects of a lot of space and a large area in modern history, and attracted the attention of many researchers and academics, because some of these characters had a big role and activity of distinct and attitudes about the historical events that Lived through, including the history - making events or participated actively in it. And he saw the contemporary history of Lebanon, like other countries of the world the emergence of worthy research and investigation and study figures, and historical studies addressed a number of those personalities that have important roles in the history of Lebanon and its people, but those studies have neglected the other characters or did not shed the light which is equivalent to the role played. Although this type of study is beset with many difficulties, due to the divergence of views on the personal or the other because of personal interest or sectarian and partisan differences, but we have tried to exercise caution and objectivity for fear of slipping into favoritism and bias, and in light of our understanding of the specificity of this approach came Our selection of the subject of the message, which (Hamid Franjieh and political role in Lebanon from 1907 to 1981). And the fact that the character that we decided to study its distinctive qualities, from being descended from the leadership of the Maronite northern erudite and ancient, but being involved in the political life of his country's deputy and minister par excellence at a time when Lebanon has seen a difficult and complex changes, the most important transformation of the Mandate to independence and then try to install the pillars of independence, it has the study aimed to examine the life of Hamid Franjieh and political role in Lebanon, as it is one of the politicians who occupied important positions in important stages, where he became in 1938 as finance minister in the government of Abdullah AL - Yafi in the era of President Emile Edde, where the country was at the beginning of its establishment and regulation of financial matters and the budget, and then was appointed in 1941 as the first foreign minister in the government of Ahmed Daouk under President individual discussion, as it was not before that date the existence of such a ministry, was a shareholder and co - founder, and then returned to become finance minister in 1942 in the government of Riahd Al - Selh under President Bechara El Khoury, then served as foreign and education minister together for several times in the years 1945.1947, 1948 under President Beshara AL - Khoury also finally became in 1955 as foreign minister in the government of Sami Solh under President Camille Chamoun to be grounded permanently from political work in 1957 because he became ill, and he had a all positions held by impact and a clear and significant achievement remained stuck in the memory of the Lebanese.Required by the nature of the study, divided in four chapters in this unprecedented introduction and followed by a conclusion and a number of supplements and a list of sources. The first chapter discusses CV and political Hamid Franjieh until the year 1938 and was divided into several sections, where the show first research than origination Hamid Franjieh, education and social composition, while taking the second part, the political developments in Lebanon from 1920 to 1934 and how the arrival of the father, Hamid Franjieh deputy in Parliament, the third section shed light on the beginning of the access Hamid Franjieh political arena in 1934 by electing deputies for the first time for his hometown of Zgharta and activity in parliament until 1938. The second chapter entitled Activity Hamid Franjieh and political role in Lebanon's independence and the withdrawal of foreign armies, 1938 - 1946, and has been on three sections, devoted the first of them to examine the role of Hamid Franjieh in the early stages of independence 1938 - 1943 focused on the action in the ministries they held, particularly in the finance ministries and external, as well as its claims obtaining Lebanon's independence, while interested in the second section examining the position of the 1943 crisis and of the arrest of the legitimate government and the President Beshara AL - Khoury by the French authorities, and the third section meant studying the role of Hamid Franjieh in the evacuation of foreign Lebanon armies 1945 1946 after being tabbed as foreign minister, headed the negotiating team and management of the negotiations that were obtained to evacuate actually in 1946. And display the third quarter achievements Hamid Franjieh and political activity 1947 - 1952, has studied the events of the period mentioned in three sections we discussed in the beginning to the negotiations that backyard Hamid Franjieh, in order to sign the monetary agreement with France to be critical link between the Lebanese pound, the French franc season, while came the second topic to highlight the role of Hamid Franjieh in obtaining approval for the establishment of the third General Conference of UNESCO in Beirut and chairing so in 1948, Congress, and the third section focused on Hamid Franjieh's position on some of the external and internal political events for the period 1947 to 1952 and from his position on the Palestinian issue, and events political issue in Syria and the Syrian social nationalist party, as well as his position on the assassination of Riad Solh and the crisis in 1952. The fourth chapter was titled Hamid Franjieh and the rule of President Camille Chamoun and beyond 1952 - 1981, has been divided in three sections, the first chapter of which the competition that took place between Hamid Franjieh and Camille Chamoun in the elections of September 1952 23 How to Hamid Franjieh's withdrawal, while accept second section Hamid Franjieh's position on foreign policy, Camille Chamoun, for the period 1953 - 1957, focusing on the position of the Baghdad Pact and the nationalization of the Suez Canal, the tripartite aggression on Egypt and project Eisenhower, as well as the work of Hamid Franjieh in the opposition and formed the Front for National Union, then studied in the third section incident Miziara and the end of political life Hamid Franjieh, the chapter concluded the last phase of his life at his bedside and his death in 1981.Finally I put my studies of these before the President and members of the defense committee of the Distinguished Professors corrected and strengthen their scientific value Allah reward them and the success from Allah.

جورج حبش ودوره في النضال الوطني الفلسطيني حتى عام 1973 == George Habash and his Role in National Palestinian Struggle until 1973

Author name: ازهار حبيب مهدي التميمي
Supervisor name: مهند عبد العزيز عطية الازيرجاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: When historical events and developments linked to certain political character that events and developments take political and psychological from those personality traits and then have an impact on a clear political line which will be going for it this personal . Palestine is the determining factor that holds the thought of George Habash therefore he worked hard in order to achieve that goal and engaged in many organizations, associations and parties in order to reach his goal . The study is not limited to shed light on the personal George Habash only, but the policy of the curriculum and charted transferred him to show the Palestinian issue to the whole world as in issue public opinion . The occupation of Palestine left greatest impact in Habash thoughts were his feelings raging revenge therefore the American university was the first station to Habash for the liberation of Palestine through the masses and the founding of the Arab Nationalist Movement to be basis of his political career and because of splits in the movement has Habash the adoption of Marxist thought through the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine establishment . Although the profession Habash is medicine , but he was able to control in it through the clinic in Jordan that according to him was center for his political working . He tried to reach poor people in community because those levels were the leadership of revolution therefore he ensured in his speeches and meetings of the bourgeois level in order to free the land of Palestine. It was a revolutionary romantic Habash that political characterized a key factor in the refinement of his persona, hehas been known by welcoming all unionist attempts made in the fifties of this century in some Arab countries. George Habash was characterized by attitudes of rejection towards political issues concerning Palestine, and continued in a plan defender denominated Palestinian factions and other PLO to stop this work in the seventies . Finally, we have to say that George Habash was able to confirm on the political leadership of the Popular Front through the negative attitudes of any political solution for Palestine, as well as intellectual approach, which walked out in his policy of revolutionary against any political solution, all these things have made of George Habash, an important place in the contemporary history of Palestine although he did not receive any government position in Palestine

اهل البيت (عليهم السلام) مكانتهم وفضلهم وموقف الامة منهم في كتاب نهج البلاغة == AHL AL - BAYT (PBUTH) (THE PROPHET MUHAMMAD'S SUCCESSORS) THEIR RANK, GRACE AND POPULATIONS' ATTITUDES TOWARD THEM THROUGH/IN THE BOOK NAHJUL BALAGHA

Author name: بسام كامل زاجي الزيدي
Supervisor name: رائد حمود عبد الحسين الحصونة
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: It is included the book " Nahj Al - Balagha " sermons , correspondence , and judgment , and sermons Commander of the Faithful Ali Bin Abi Talib ( Peace be upon him ) complied by Sharif al - Radhi Abu Hassan Mohammed bin Taher Al Moussawi Head of Al Talibeen born in ( 359 AH - 969 AD ) and the deceased in the year ( 406AH - 1015m ) as one of the sources , who addressed the stated something of the life of the Holy Prophet ( Allah bless him and his family ) and his family who came mentioned in the verse of purification so it has selected research topic was signed on( Ahl al - Bayt ) ( Peace be upon them ) status and virtue and the position of nation of them through the book Rhetoric ) approach . The importance of this letter which summarized the status of preferred Ahl al - Bayt ( Peace be upon them ) and the position of the nation of them in the book " Nahj Al - Balagha " as this book you have written letters may stemmed from the messenger's brother " ( Allah bless him and his family ) and guardian Commander of the Faithful Ali Bin Abi Talib which between Allah his place in several verses from the Koran , also reported the Messenger of Allah ( Allah bless him and his family ) are many Prophetic traditions which extolled the virtue of Ali Bin Abi Talib and prestige between the Muslims and the talk of the Prophet ( Allah bless him and his family ) in this regard but a divine revelation text of the Koran . This message has been divided into four chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion and proven to resources and a summary in English . The First chapter with the name ( Nahj Al - Balagha ) which described and accounted and collected it by Sharif al Radhi and its source and its features and annotations book , and divided into three sections came first section titled book " Nahj al - Balagha " (overview ) as the study also includes the meaning of the policy language and idiomatically in addition to the description of the book and its impact with male features speeches , books , messages and covenants , and wisdom , and sermons , also we called on the status of the book Nahj Al - Balagha when a group of scientists , intellectuals and first authors and modern them with indication some words that praised the status of rhetoric approach , and we decided that we achieve in the proportion of reality the book Nahj A l - Balagha to the Commander of the Faithful Ali Bin Abi Talib ( Peace be upon him ) . The second section has summarized the talking about the life and scientific Sharif al - Radhi and his role in the collection book Nahj Al - Balagha . We have proven irrefutable evidence as it realized us its sources in the reality of the reported speech in this area and that Sharif al - Radhi collect it not Al - Murtadha And the third section was restricted to remember sources , features and explanations Nahj Al - Balagha Chapter two discusses the concept of household in the book Nahj al - Balagha. We divided this chapter into three sections for the importance of the subject, the first section has been specified to the study of kinsmen [al - aal] and family in the language and terminology, the second section deals with the concept of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) in the Holy Quran and Sunnah as they were told in the resources, and the third section came under the concept of household address (peace be upon them) in the book Nahj al - Balagha. We have summarized the meaning of the term household explaining its meaning.Chapter three of Nahj al - Balagha has been devoted to Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them), as the chapter has been divided into the three topics, we discussed in the first part the status of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) in the Holy Quran and the Sunnah through a set of Quranic Verses and Hadith which praised their status (on them Peace), and we dealt with in the second part with the status of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) in Nahj al - Balagha as we focused our research on the status of the owners of clothing from the Prophet's family (peace be upon them). The third section summarizes the status of the people of the scientific House in the book Nahj al - Balagha for several unknown sciences to many people of that era.Chapter four includes the grace of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) and the position of their nation of in Nahj al - Balagha and the two sections were divided into the first part which summarizes the grace of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) on the Islamic nation and the second one talks about the virtue of the companions, while the second topic in which we explained the position of the nation Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) in Nahj al - Balagha. There were two attitudes of the population towards Imam Ali (peace be upon him) after the martyrdom of the Prophet (Allah bless him and his family), and the second position of the nation of Mrs. Fatima Zahra (peace be upon her).Finally we pointed out the most important findings of the research in the light of the data that was available between the hands, the texts cited historical sources on which we relied to complete our research

امارة الري في العهد البويهي : دراسة في احوالها الادارية والاقتصادية والاجتماعية == Irrigation Emirate in El Bouihi Reign A Study in its Administrative , Economic & Social Conditions

Author name: هديل عواد نعيم
Supervisor name: سلام علي مزعل الجابري
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This study deals with the emirate of Al - rai in Buyids (Albuehyeen) era, and the study of administrative, economic and social their conditions. As it is that the emirate one of the three Emirates Albuehiyah formed the beginning of the fourth century AH/tenth century , after the three brothers, Ali and Mohammed Hassan , children Boueh from appearing on political events scene and were able Shortly control over vast areas of Iran and Iraq and the division What made him king among them was the emirate of , Persia and Shiraz its capital share of Big Brother Ali bin Boueh (Emad State) and the emirate of irrigation share of middle brother Hassan bin Boueh ( corner ( Rukn ) of State ) The younger brother Ahmed ( Moez State ) was the share of Iraq, which was able to control in the year 334 AH. The emirate of Al - rai got independence as the same with their counterparts of other Emirates Albuehiyah except for four years undergone where the authority of ( Adhad of State ) the price of Persia , who extend his influence and control over all Emirates Albuehiyah annexation of Iraq 367 AH and Al - rai 369 AH and Baghdad as capital and the case remained on What is it until his death in 372 AH. After that the emirate of Al - rai came back to independence and self - rule , which handed down the children after the parents It was the importance of those emirate in various aspects of political and ( Civilization ) cultural history in the Muslim cause in her study.Among the difficulties faced the researcher ( scholar ) in this study is the lack of information on many aspects and this is the result of the loss of some sources, specific in the Albuehi's history such a large section of the book tail Nations experiences (Rodhiraora) and most of the history book ( Sabi ) , as well as mostIIparts of the Book of Ministers ( Sabi ) , and this created some lack of information is what other sources could not filled.The material of the project had divided into four chapters : The first chapter devoted to the study of the origin Buyids (Albuehyeen) and political appearance and divided into three sections : the first which dealt with Buyids (Albuehyeen) and growing up, and the second was about the political appearance on the scene While the final section of chapter devoted to the study of the control of the irrigation Buyids ( Albuehyeen ) province with a geographical study of the province.The second chapter was to study the administrative conditions in the emirate of AL - rai and has divided into three sections also dealt by the emirate , the ministry and government offices respectively.While the third chapter is devoted to the study of economic conditions and we dealt with the first geographic region and the impact on economic activity and then we dealt with agriculture , industry , trade and in the final of the chapter of the study to assess the economic activity in the region.The fourth and final chapter of the study of social conditions and also divided into three sections. The first about the study of the society , while the second section about the classes of society while the last section about the study of the social aspects in the region.

الميزانية العامة في مناقشات مجلس النواب العراقي 1933 - 1939 == The General Budget in the Iraqi Council of Representatives 1933 - 1939

Author name: حسن غانم عبد ردن الحسناوي
Supervisor name: عباس حسين مجيسر الجابري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Countries have seen a stage in the race to exploit the resources and possibilities available to them in building a strong and strong economy capable of progress, growth and prosperity. This phase requires a sound financial regulation and a fiscal policy that will have an impact on regulating economies and balancing financial resources. Between expenditure and income of that country.The concept of the budget was closely linked to the formation of the state and was affected by the increase of the state's activity in the economic and social fields. For the state to perform the basic functions, it was necessary to find permanent revenues to cover its expenses. Therefore, the state imposed taxes which represent the main factor on which all revenues are based. Taxation has become a source of attraction and attraction among representatives of the people in the parliamentary systems, including Iraq to know the aspects of disbursement and sources of revenue and work to strike a balance between the distribution of expenses on the doors of the budget of the ministries and departments that are linked to the Ministry, As many of the economic thinkers described the general budget as a reflection of the state's financial policy and the nature of the system in which the legislative authority is in the issuance of all laws, including Finance.The era of the study of research 1933 - 1939 indicates the emergence of a new phase in Iraq's political and economic center internally and externally represented by the presidency of King Ghazi to the throne of Iraq, as well as the erosion of the effects of the global financial crisis in 1933 that hit the world's economy and the economy was not immune to its influence. When the year 1939 marked a turning point in the history of the monarchy of Iraq after the assassination of King Ghazi and the disruption of the Iraqi Council of Representatives on 15 November 1939 for two months, Prince Abdul Ilah then ascended the custody of the throne of Iraq to witness the financial situation of the latter then a stage of distress on A August World War it took a second harbingers ridden economies of major countries, which represented a historic landmark on the international scene, which led to the emergence of new political and economic life in Iraq have their own characteristics.The nature of the scientific material of this subject prompted the researcher to adopt the time course in his study, so the plan of the message was structured on the basis of the financial years to consist of an introduction and four chapters and a set of annexes and a conclusion in which the researcher put the most important conclusions.The first chapter of the letter bears the title of the general budget since the beginning of the parliamentary life in Iraq until 1933, and it is based on two subjects. The first included the concept of the general budget and the methods of preparation and implementation thereof to be subject toBfinancial supervision. Iraq since the beginning of legislative life in Iraq and the healing of the meetings of the first elected Iraqi parliament meeting extraordinary on 16 July 1925 until the end of the reign of King Faisal I on Iraq and the disappearance of the effects of the global financial crisis on the finances of the Iraqi state, Chapter II on the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives for the general budget 1933 - 1935, to include three topics included the first views and suggestions of members of the Iraqi Council on the distribution of expenses on the doors of the general budget, the second section to know the policy on which the House of Representatives to balance the sources The financial revenues of the income of the general budget, which is an essential element in the provision of funds to cover the expenses of the State, and that the emergency cases facing the state to the need to make additions and transfers between chapters of the sections of the budget, The study included the general budget in the light of the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives 1935 - 1937 consisting of three discussions, the first of which touched on the discussions that took place among the members of the House of Representatives on the expenses allocated to the sections of the general budget, while the second section includes the positive effects of financial income in support of the general budget within The framework of the discussions of the Iraqi Council of Representatives, and revealed in the third section on two aspects, the first : reactions of the members of the House of Representatives towards the urban projects of the country, and second : the position of the general budget of these projects, and included Chapter IV position of the Iraqi Council of Representatives of the budget And the third is the role played by the legislative authority represented by the House of Representatives in improving and developing the doors of the financial revenues of the general budget, and the third topic To the great financial attention that the urban projects in Iraq have received with the additions required by some chapters of the general budget.In view of the situation in the political arena in Iraq characterized by instability during the period under study, the Iraqi parliament has given the subject of the general budget an important area of attention because it concerns the state's financial independence and economic stability through the presentation of opinions and proposals that have an important impact in developing and improving the financial return on The basis of adoption of the legal methods required by financial transactions away from political tendencies, which made the researcher depends on a variety of sources benefited a lot about the period under study

المقابر وحياة ما بعد الموت في شبه الجزيرة العربية قبل الاسلام == Graveyds and lif After Death in the South of Arabian Peninsula Before Islam

Author name: اسعد رشيد عطية العتابي
Supervisor name: رنا طعيمة حسين الصافي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The study of graveyards of Arabs in Arabian peninsula before Islam is one of the most important studies because we can by conducting such studies find out various civilisational aspects especially those related to the methods of burying the dead and the funerary rituals used let alone the valuable antiquities found in the tombs. The study of such graveyards would also provide infromation about the methods used in constructing the tombs and the architecture adopted. It would also give a clear idea about the religious beliefs prevalent during that era and which were important in the daily life of people at that time and explain How far those people had faith in the existence of life after death. The conclusions reached by the study include the following : • The study showed the presence of similarities in funerary supplements found with the death in the south, middle and north of Arabian peninsula with those of messopotamea, Egypt and Levante civilisations, a matter which reflects clearly the presence of relations with these civilisations and of cultural civilisational and commercial communication with them.• It was concluded that people in the south and north of Arabian peninsula believed in live after deat and they used to purify themselves from sins continuously so that when they move to afterlife thay are clean from sins and guitts. • The belief by Arabs in central Arabian peninsula in the existence of a second life differed from on sect to another depending on the faith they follow. Some of them adored the one creator and believed in resurrection and afterlife while you may find another sect that believe in the one creator but denies the existence of life after death. • The people of Arabia builtd different types of tombs such as those made in caves, underground tombs and those built on the surface of the ground. Environmental, social and economic factors played a significant role in the variety of tomb shapes and locations. They were built according to different architectural designs that involved rooms which contained either collective or individual burials either over or under the grounnd and these tombs are full of precious acquisitions. • The habit was that the grave is dug forst thenthe dead person is prepared for burial and this inclydes covering his body with a shroud made from either leather, cloth or flax to be wrapped around his body and before that the dead body is often washed up with a sort of treatmemt that involves embalming the body and putting some seents on it. • The study also found out that there had been an organisation in dividing gravey ards so that every person knows his pwn tombs place before entering the other world. There had been, moreover graveyards of children and other graveyards of human gifts (body - partgifts) and this in turn differs from the so called human sacrifices completely. The purpose behind human gifts was to seek protection gods from envy , evil and malice. Animal graveyards were also found. • In addition to being eities of the dead, graveyards represent embodyment of the relogious aspect of people and this is evident through entrusting tombs to be under the protcetion of gods so that they under take their protection and safeguarding as well as through the religious rituals practised before tombs such as submitting sacrifices and burning frankencence. • Women in Arabian peninsula had the right to posses and inher it graveyards but this does not mean that graveyards were the sole property of women. Findings indicate that she enjoyed equal rights to those enjoyed by men including the rights of ownership and inheriting. Moreover she even had contracted commercial deals for buying and seling the various properties and item. • The study showed that the Arabs of Arabian peninsula showed great skills and care in preparing the dead for burial and making funeravy furniture and sugget methods of sirrow, sadness and lamenting for losing their beloved ones

الفكر العسكري للرسول محمد (صل الله عليه واله)

Author name: حسن خصاف عودة الزبيدي
Supervisor name: مهند عبد الرضا حمدان الكنزاوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

السياسة الخارجية السعودية في ظل وزارة الامير سعود الفيصل 1990 - 2003 == Saudi Foreign Policy in The Ministry of Prince Saud Al Faisal (1990 - 2003

Author name: مروة شهيد فرج الخزعلي
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the foreign policy of any country is of great importance and vitality because it aims to describe, analyze and chart the orientations of the state movement and its political behavior on the external level, in a form that is no longer indispensable, considering that the element of overlap and common interests, conflicts, alliances and dialogue is the essence of international relations between countries, Is fully applicable to the foreign policy of States, which seek political decision - making through the ecruitment of outstanding leaders of their staff, to play an important role in managing relations between States and working towards convergence and common interests.The Saudi Arabian Foreign Policy under the Ministry of Prince Saud Al - Faisal (1990 - 2003) was chosen because of the importance of the Kingdom's position on the regional and international levels, which has always achieved fundamental strategic objectives of greatimportance in the Gulf region And it serves its foreign policy. The duration of the study was set in 1990. It is the beginning of a series of crises that have been taking place in the region, starting with the occupation of Kuwait. This crisis has left its great effects andrepercussions on the global level. It is worth mentioning that the subject of this subject is to be dealt with under the Ministry of Saud al - Faisal to know the tasks carried out by that personality and left a significant impact on the foreign policy of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is the longest serving minister in the world for his portfolio of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs has remained in office for forty years, The reason for determining the end of the study for 2003 is due to the situation in the Middle East, including the Gulf States, from a significant and important event, which is the occupation of Iraq in 2003 and how its occupation affected the region in this variable in the removal of the regime and in turn led to the exclusion of a large regional component about whom Ge Gulf, which is the stability of Iraq, which is an important and influential of all the parties to the region, including Saudi Arabia and the Gulf states. And the need to formulate the structure of the study and in a way that helps to organize and coordinate research, as well as arranged according to this structure in order to reach the desired scientific results, the message was divided into an introduction and four chapters and the conclusion, the first chapter, which was entitled Historical profiles of the course of Saudi foreign policy in Prince Saud al - Faisal assumed the post of Foreign Minister in 1975 to start his trip to the Saudi Foreign Ministry for 40 years. The second topic, entitled "Saudi Foreign Policy Attempts towards the Most Important Issues" (1975 - 1989), and the role of the researcher as required by the study of the study on fouraspects : the success of the Saudi foreign policy in ending the Lebanese civil war (1975 - 1985), the second external Saudi Arabia and the developments of the Palestinian issue, Saudi Arabia's position on the security of the Arabian Gulf; the fourth dealt with the Saudi follow - up to the Iran - Iraq war (1980 - 1988) and the emergence of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) in 1981. While the third topic, titled Saudi Arabia and the Regional States (1975 - 1990) Has a significant impact on the Kingdom Saudi Arabia, Iran, which received great attention in the Saudi foreign policy plans on its positions towards the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia until 1989, as well as Turkey, which was also attended bythe attention of the Saudi Foreign Ministry due to the emergence of regional policy variables and its implications for its relations with Turkey in 1975 - 1989. It was divided into the 1973 oil crisis and its impact on the Turkish orientation towards the Persian Gulfuntil 1979, as well as the Turkish position on the Iranian revolution and its repercussions on the Saudi - Turkish relations, and then on Turkey's position on the 1979 Camp David Agreement and its relations with Israel And the impact on relations with Saudi Arabia.Finally, we explained the Turkish position on the Iraq - Iran war and its impact on the continuation of cooperation between the two countries (1980 - 1988). The fourth section reviewed Saudi foreign policy towards the major superpowers (the United States, theSoviet Union) Of the joint interest in the field of external work, which began with the impact of oil in the Saudi - US rapprochement and how oil laid the foundation in their dealings, and also dealt with the Saudi security aspect and its dealings with the United States in the field of armaments as well as joint cooperation in other areas between the country The second part deals with how the Saudi foreign policy towards the SovietUnion, especially with regard to the confrontation of the Saudi Foreign Ministry with the most important challenges of the Soviet positions such as the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 and the role played by the Kingdom in its participation with the United States in negotiating with the Soviet Union, In their departure from Afghanistan, as a result of the visits and interviews conducted by Prince Saud al - Faisal with Soviet officials.As for the second chapter, the title of the Saudi foreign policy towards the Arab issues related to the Saudi security (1990 - 2003), and its importance and the necessity of the event as the subject of the study starts in 1990 and the major events and crises in the region so it was necessary to divide it into six investigations, The first part of the position of Saudi Arabia from the occupation of Iraq to the State of Kuwait in 1990, and the interest of Saudi Arabia in this case is large as it saw a serious threat to its borders byIraq, where the intervention is a duty and inevitable, and highlighted in the

الصراع الاسري بين ابناء السلطان ملكشاه واثره في ضعف وتفكك الدولة السلجوقية (485 ـ 552ه) == The family struggle between the Sons of sultan Malakshah and its impact on the weak and disintegrantion on the Seljuk state (485 - 552AH

Author name: حيدر مجيد عجيد الجابري
Supervisor name: سلام علي مزعل الجابري
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The family struggle between the sons of sultan Malak shah and its impact on the weak and disintegrantion of the Seljuk state(485 - 552 AH).The searoh for causes of the state collapse of the state and king dom is one of the most important topics to know why the fall of these countries is importante especially if we know that these reasons are not in invaded externally , but are inherently catastorphic , but are within the ruling family, the seeljuk state reached the peak of glory and prosperity in the era of its third sultans, Malaksha ibn al - arsalan (465 - 485 AH) ,however, it soon became divided and divided into several rival state after his death, this is the focus of ourstudy ,in whch we shed light on the bloody conflict between the sultans sons , which lasted for along time and caused much destruction in this state, this conflict has several reasons,the most important method of appoinhg theseljuk sultans to the mandates of their covenants and enter the footnote and the seljuks khatouns in matters of government and p olitics , and we hare analyzed this conflict effeck on the weakness and disinte gration of this state and its division , which led to the fall easily in the western and eastern sections and disappearance of influence. This study has been dividedinto three chapters and its conclusion, lhave dealt with the prelude to the origin of the Seljuk and the beginning of the emergence of thein entitly hater the death of sultan AL - Arslan in 465AH, and Itook in the first chapter the mandte of the state in the Seljuk state and the reasons that made (the covenant aproblem hn the Seljuk state) in the second chapter Irefer to the vast family of the sultan malakshah with the allvtion of alarge portion to the sultans male sons who are the f ocus of study . and mentioned in the third chapter details of this conflict and the parties that entere dit and the role of the Abbasid dis pute and position in addition to mentioning how the impact of this conflict on the weakness and disintegration of the Seljuk state and conclsion proved in wich the results of this study were proved .

السيـد ابـو القاسم الخوئي ودوره الفكري والسياسي 1899 - 1992 == Ibu AlQasim Alkoie Intellectual and political role 1899 - 1992

Author name: اسامة ابراهيم رحيم حسين الركابي
Supervisor name: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Study of historical personalities occupies a respected position in Iraqi universities. This type of studies is characterized by previewing historical events and focusing on person’s role in making them , And focusing on the nature of those personalities dealing with the mentioned events and their reactions towards them. It is based on the tact that the person is the maker of the historical event and understanding his circumstances and nature of his personality has led to reflections in understanding the historical events such as taking decisions and making attitudes despite the difference in those personalities according to the nature of the roles they have performed and the size and the historical era they have lived , however there are personalities have changed the route of the history and their countries are proud of them , it is because they have placed great effect in the human civilization for what they have left of theoretical and scientific products and true situations that led others to be influenced and to imitate them by follow they steps. This type of studies isn’t concerned in studying the biography of that personality but exceeds that to reaches the study of the events that they have participated in.Despite of the attention that has been paid by Iraqi universities in studying historical personalities according to the level of politics or thought, however the study of the history of religion scientists and references that are being followed are somehow few , It is not due to researchers carelessness but due to big number of these personalities and the huge capacity of their political and thoughtful roles another reason was the dominance of whet practiced by the ruling authority in Iraq during the ruling of BAATH party and the nature of its dealing with that personalities.This study entitled ( AL SAYED ABO AL QASIM AL KHOAEE AND HIS POLITICAL AND INTELLECTUAL ROLE 1899 - 1992) aimed at focusing on the light of this scientific Islamic personality by describing the historical program to know its nature and reflection of its role in the Islamic area in general and the political , economic and social reality in particular and explaining the principles that he based on his religious reference during the period ( 1970 - 1992) The study in divided into six chapters , conclusions and a list of appendixes as well as introduction.The First Chapter entitled (Birth , raising and reaching acknowledgement) is addicted to indicate the race of Sayed AL KHOAEE and his birth as well as his raising , descriptions his religious study , his scholars under whom he has been instructed , and the most prominent personalities that being studied under his command.The Second Chapter entitled ( Al - Khoaees intellectual products) is to preview and an dyes his worked and to give them general description starting from his messages and then his books like (Dictionary of men of conversation and detailing of tailors layers ) and his book ( Indication in explaining the holy QURA’AN) where most of topics that have been mentioned in them he treated and opinions that have been in his tellectual. We mentioned also the reports of his researches that have been writhen by his students as scientific products.We mentioned in Chapter Three which is entitled ( Al - Sayeds religious reference (1970 - 1992) how he in caaraed to the religious reference in 1970 and pillars of reference ruling that he depended on and the nature of his manage to the scientific crews and the expanding of associations that belong to the religious references as the charity association of IMAM AL KHOAEE as well as his care to the scientific crews. We also directed the attention towards social and intellectual cases that concern the society.We worked in the Fourth Chapter which we listed under the title (Opinion of SAYED AL KHOAEE) the matter of Islamic unity and Arabic & global issues to refer to his opinion of approximating the sects of Islam then indicating his opinion about the triple aggression on Egypt in 1956 , and the Palestinian issue and the Zionist aggression on Arabian lands as well as his opinion towards the other Arabic issues as the civil war in Lebanon in 1975 and his opinion towards the global issues like the political developments in Iran in the beginning of the sixth decade of twentieth century and expelling SAYED AL KHOMAINEE abroad Iran and the civil war in Pakistan in 1963 and the soviet aggression on Afghanistan in 1979.The Fifth Chapter which is entitled ( Al - Sayeds opinion of political internal events in Iraq 1958 - 1970) to study the opinion of SAYED KHOAEE of the government of ABDUL KAREEM QASIM 1958 - 1963 and hir political isocial decisions that had been took , his opinion regarding establishing AL DAWAH AL ISLAMIAH party as well as group of scientists as well as , his opinion about communist activities in the country , his opinion of the rule of presidents ABDUL SALAAM AAREF and ABDUL REHMAN AAREF ( 1963 - 1968) and in this chapter we treated the nature of his relation with the ruling of BAATH party till he engaged the reference in 1970.We studied in the Sixth Chapter which is entitled (Al - Sayeds opinion of internal political developments in Iraq 1970 - 1992) his engaging reference in 1970 and his opinion of nationalization of oil in 1972 and the situation of BAATH government part towards the religious reference especially scientific crews and HUSSEINI rites and expelling students and not renewing residencies for them in 1975 side to side of his situation of SOFAR uprising in 1977 and uprising of REJAB in 1979 and execution of SAYED MOHAMMED BAQER AL SADAR as well as his situation of the Iraqi Iranian war (1980 - 1988) and invading Kuwait and starting of aggression of USA and its allies against Iraq ( second gulf war) as well as igniting of SHABBAAN uprising in 1991 and his attitude of it. Then we mentioned his arresting issue and rumors about his noble race till his death in 1992.Through this study we have reached to a group of conclusions and scientific results That AL SAYED ABO AL QASIM AL KHOAEE is a scientific , creative , encyclopedia personality where genius marks had been remarked with him since his early study and the sponsor of his thoughts where his father and his brother SAYED ABDULLAH , He was fond of science and education since early days of his life. The interesting thing in the life of AL SAYED AL KHOAEE is that he was not referring to his homeland ( AZERBAIJAN ) where he was born in the part that belongs to Iran but he was proud of NAJAF AL ASHRAF . His respect came from that was is the homeland of AMEER AL MOAMENEEN ALI BIN ABI TALIB (peace be upon him) and the rest location of people of science and good and living location of Islam scientists.AL SAYED AL KHOAEE used to meet his students with respect and decent even when he was ill where he used to wear his cape and receives them because he respects his students much.AL SAYED AL KHOAEE was remarked with his huge scientific productivity in all of scientific and humanitarian types and has treated the shortage in the Islamic library staring with explaining science passing through meaning and rules till philosophy and science of speech , beliefs till science of history but even he was known by ( The detective AL KHOAEE) The time of SAYED AL KHOAEE when he has lived with the pioneer thought revolution that was lead by his student MOHAMMED BAQER AL SADAR , has pushed the scientific movement in NAJAF AL ASHRAF towards very advanced stages especially discussions that had been done between the student and the scholar AL SAYED AL KHOAEE was a brilliant politician who has his own means in fighting for this issue that has been proved by experiments towards the Arabian and regional world and in Iraq. Also despite that he did not engaged administrative , ministerial or governmental position but his policy against the SHAH enabled him to excite the Iranian street to refuse laws and legislations that had been issued by SHAH and has supported by SAYED AL KHOMAINAI in Iran and Iraq when he became as refugee in it.SAYED AL KHOAEE has positive situations towards revolution of July , 14 , 1958 in Iraq and has welcomed the new era but he stranded against some rules in time of ABDUL KAREEM QASIM ( 1958 - 1963) As for as political attitudes during the period from ( 1970 - 1992) , they an be considered as indirect interference so we can say that he was non announced oppositional where his policy remarked with indirect policy and this reason has enforced several of researchers to miss think that SAYED AL KHOAEE didn't realize anything in politics. This opinion is totally in correct because SAYED AL KHOAEE is more than a political theory in his fighting with Iraqi regime and we see this transparently clear in that period

السياسـة الامـريـكيــة تجاه اسبانــيا : (1939 - 1945) == American Policy towards Spain (1939 - 1945)

Author name: انــوار طاهــر عنيــد
Supervisor name: محمود شاكر حميد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The United Stated of America has announced to its policy of isolation in foreign policy since the Monroe Doctrine 1823 and its secession is participation in the league of nations that formed after the First World War , despite it called for its establishment but it did not ignore the fact that it became a global power that cannot refrain from contributing to European affairs in a world where interests overlap. It was natural to have positions on political developments in the European continent. The United States retained the gains of the Second World War (1941 - 1945) with the Allied countries that won the war. The United States became a superpower and the Soviet Unionemerged as a rival. It was able to extend its influence to some Eastern European countries and to dominate western Europea Spain was one of those countries , it has an important strategic location. The United States of America was concerned that the overthrow of the Spean system world cause Spain to fall under the control of the Spanish opposition force , intellectually compatible with the Soviet Union. It stood against the aspirations of the Soviets and exerted its political pressure on the Spanish government to change its policy and to carry out reforms in Spain to improve its image against hostile European countries , Spain gained as an ally to take advantage of its strategic position to deploy its force. Hence the importance of choosing the researcher for this subject because the united states policy towards Spain in the period (1939 - 1945) did not prepare to independent study in Iraq according to the knowledge of the researcher. The reason for the general choosing 1939 the beginning of the era of the study as the first launch of the declaration of the World War II with praise for the great role played by the Spaniards in this war and the position of the United States while the study stopped 1945 for the same reason , the end of the war. The thesis involved introduction, four chapter conclusion and appendixes. The chapter one involved American political towards Spain since the outbreak of the Spanish civil war until the Second World War II (1936 - 1939). The chapter two specialized to study the American political towards Spain since the outbreak the Second World War II until the German invasion to the Soviet Union (1941). The chapter three explained the effects the developments of the Second World War upon the American political towards Spain (June 1941 - December 1942). The chapter four explained the study the American political towards Spain 1943 - 1945 and the American political orientation towards Spain during the war 1943 , in addition to American pressures to far Spain from axis countries. The conclusion involved the most important results of the researcher.

الحزب الشيوعي الاردني 1951 - 1957 : دراسة تاريخية == The Jordanian Commuist Party 1957 - 1951 Historizal Study)

Author name: صابرين رشيد ابيه
Supervisor name: علي حسين نمر الاسماعيلي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: It appeared in the history of the Hashmite Kingdom of Jordan agroup of political parties as a result of the Kingdom witnessed important political events and also influenced by virtue of its geographical position and the occurrence of a lot of changes in a number of areas in the power of Jordan.Our selection of the subject of the Jordanian Communist party for its great role and involvement in politics came during the study period 1951 - 1957 that The opposition adopted a policy within the parliament and out side the council within the party attended by his deputies in the various issues that arise. Such as avote of confidence if the government or through its participation in the discussion of the laws that put ,and out side the partiament was able to partecipate in most of the positions and political events during that period.The study consists of an introduction,preface, five chapters ,conclusion and number of supplements illustrations.In the preface involved summary about the history of political parties since the founding of Trans jordan 1921 until 1950,and the chaptr one involved the study of the founding of the Jordanian comunist party (1951 - 1957) .In this chapter we have made the first starting to show of the of the communist ideas in Jordan and palestine and the founding at party 1951.The chapter two involved the situation in the communist party towards the Jordanian political issues (1951 - 1954) and its situation towards the paliamentary elections in the years (1951,1954) and also its situation of the government Tawfeq Abo al - Huda tenth,and the first government of Fawzi al - mulki .The chapter three involved the situation in the Jordanian communist party towards the political issue of Jordan (1955 - 1957). the situation at the politicl parties laws (1955) .the parlimentary elections (1956),the issue of Arabization of the Jordanian army (1956) . the situation from Arab solidarity agreement and an end to the Jordanian British Treaty Agreement (1957).The chapter four involved the situation of the Jordanian communist party towards the British and American colonial projegts (1951 - 1957) of such as Baghdad pact project .the chapter five in volved the sitiuation of party of natianal issues (1951 - 1957) by represent the Jordanian of Iraqi union project (1951), The revolution of Al - gerian(1954), and Aggression triple on Egypt (1956). The party supported all those issues.AThe communist party could have the clear situation in number atinternal and external issues and participaition of conferencesand meetings there four the party to fought political stroggle and it enable to reach for the parliament by two represetive, and the three represetives (1956). And it ensure to good relation with all of the Arab countries and work to about the Jordans foreign policy orientation towards the support of all the Arab liberation issues.

التيارات الفكرية في ايران 1905 - 1979 == Intellectual Trends in Iran (1905 - 1979)

Author name: كاظم دويخ صبيح
Supervisor name: عباس حسين مجيسر الجابري
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The study of The Intellectual Trends in Iran (1905 - 1979) - which is the timeframe for our scholarly study - fall within one of , or rather the most, important links in the contemporary history of Iran. For it addresses the bulk of contemporary period falling between Constitutional and Islamic revolutions, passing through all eventful and transitional periods of political life in Iran. Besides, the inflow of diverse Western ideas into Iran including that of Liberalism, Nationalism, Socialism, as well as that of progressive Islamic ideas with which various segments of Iranian society have interacted which helped generated afterwards Islamic parties, organizations and associations that have rumbled on Iranian political scene. Hence, the researcher’s choice of the subject matter. He aimed at finding out the historical truth behind the evolution and practices of those schools of thought, investigating all data and information that reflect their intellectual structures along with other studies in order to complete the historical picture or scene of that significant stage of contemporary history of Iran. The study has been organized in an Introduction, five Chapters and a Conclusion. Chapter One presents the economic, social, political and cultural structures and transformations experienced by the Iranian society starting off from the last decades of the nineteenth century down to the end of the period at which this study concludes. For those structures and transformation are of great importance to take stock of the circumstances through which the then society has been going that allowed Western ideas to flow into and spread across Iran. Besides, they would pave the way for demonstrating how those Western ideas found its way in and rolled into the Iranian nation. As for Chapter Two, it deals with the liberal intellectual movement and its evolution in Iran along with the Constitutional Revolution, which represented the first real experience of the liberals through which they were able to lay down the liberal practices on democratic foundations, as exemplified in restricting the king’s power, enacting the constitution and establishment of the parliament. we then go over the development process of the liberals starting from the First World War until the coup against Mossadeq and their oscillating relationships with Reza Shah. The Chapter also presents the most prominent liberal thinkers, liberal political organizations, and the most important issues raised by the liberals.In Chapter Three, dedicated to the national trend, we dealt with religious and national distribution of population in Iran. The Chapter explores also the factors that helped the national trend to rise and develop in Iran represented by several revolutionary movements such as (Nehzat - e Jangal “Forest movement”, Semco, Sheikh Mohammed Al Khiabani ), as well as political movements that took place by the end of World War II in the regions of Azerbaijan, Kurdistan, Arabstan. The Chapter finally touches on the nationalist parties and organizations in Iran, and the efforts of each one of them towards the pro - autonomy and establishment of independent republics of Azerbaijan and Mahabad.Chapter Four discusses the topic of intellectual Marxist trend and follows up on its evolution and activities under the dictatorship of Reza Khan. The Chapter, then, covers the most prominent Marxist thinkers, and Marxist political organizations highlighting their positions at both national and international levels. Chapter Five, which is the final chapter of the study, is concerned with the topic of Islamist intellectual trend (Shiite ideology) in terms of its foundation and evolution, and tracks afterwards its evolving process over the period (1905 - 1941), in light of its interaction with Western concepts infiltrated into the country. The Chapter explores also the religious establishment, its different views on the constitutional revolution, and then the Shiite Islamic thought during the period (1963 - 1979). The Chapter turns to investigate the Shiite Islam during the years (1963 - 1979) represented by the rise of Imam Khomeini on the political scene and his leadership of the Islamo - fundamentalist renewal from whitin the religious establishment. The Chapter then goes on to present the most prominent thinkers of the Islamic revolution, and the evolution of political Islamic organizations, and the most prominent positions and issues that they put forward. As for the main conclusions drawn from the study following a careful analysis of the facts contained in its five chapters, they are : The liberal trend has contributed significantly throughout the contemporary history of Iran in highlighting national thought and drawing the attention of the people of Iran towards the prospects for freedom and independence away from colonial powers and their meddling in Iran's internal affairs. All this in turn pushed to the outbreak of revolutions in the country, such as the Tobacco Revolution, Constitutional Revolution and the Nationalization of the oil industry. This trend also played a role, along with others, in the success of the Islamic revolution in 1979.As for the national movement, it has been destined to be short - lived in the Iranian state, for there was a lack of cultural and social atmosphere that might have helped it to survive and thrive. Besides, the idea of nationalism is a Western import and thus was not derived from within the conscience of Iranian society. Moreover, Iranian nationalism was not preceded by social and economic reforms necessary to establish a comprehensive renaissance as it was the case for Western nationalism.The Marxist trend has been reduced to the Tudeh Party and some small radical parties. Even though the party has an organization structure, educated cadres, and practices of different political activities spread out across the country as well as a remarkable press network, the party did not take advantage of all those factors as required; the party has the least impact on the course of political and social events in Iran.As to the Islamic trend, that is taken root in the Iranian society, the then prevailing circumstances forced it to take a defensive position of Islam as a valid way of life, especially given that the responsibility of underdevelopment whose its consequences experienced by the Iranian society at the time were being rested with Islam.Following the anti - Mossadeq coup in 1953, the Islamic trend has prevailed political and social scenes starting off and establishing the notion of Islamic Revolution led by Imam Khomeini in 1979, and applying the velayat - e faqih (The Guardianship of the Islamic Jurist), which took the Shiite Islam to the farthest it can dig back, namely, the Islamic Government.

كربلاء خلال العهد العثماني1800 - 1869 : دراسة تاريخية

Supervisor name: شاكر ضيدان جابر السويدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Praise to Allah, Lord of the Worlds and peace and blessings on the best of the Creatures and Senders, Aba - al - Qassim Mohammad ( God bless him and his family) and on his good and pure household.The modern history of Iraq has associated totally with the Ottoman Empire because Baghdad was one of States that belong to the Ottoman Empire during a long period of time lasted for four centuries. Many changes happened through this long history in different fields. The study of the local history of Iraq , ( study the history of its cities, historical and general study for the social, political and economical development) is an important introduction to know the general history of Iraq in details . it's impossible to study the history of any country precisely without studying historical development of its cities. From this point of view came the title of my thesis, which is searched in one of Iraqi historical cities : Kerbela, historical study , during the Ottoman period ( 1800 - 1869 ).The historical study of Kerbela has great importance for the depth of its religious and political history. The selection of the historical study to be comprehensive of political, economic and social conditions experienced by the city through the period of the study because most of the studies that are found are few or focus on political side of the city , or the social side alone or economically. So I tried in my study to combine these sides to give a clear picture of this ancient and holy city because it includes the body of Imam Hussein and his brother al - Abbas ( peace be upon them). This sanctity gave Kerbela history that distinguishes it from other Iraqi cities.My choice of this particular period ( 1800 ) is for it's the beginning of the 19th century and the start of the terrorist attacks to Iraq in general and Kerbela in particular for its sanctity with the city of Najaf, as well as the lack of studies highlighting the historical events that passed through this city during the study period.This thesis was based on a historical methodology in order to take into account the substantive sequence of events. This is divided into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion. Te first chapter was a necessary prelude to the general situation in the city of Kerbela at the beginning of the Mumluk era in 1749 until 1800 the beginning of the study . The chapter included naming , geographical location, and social structure for the knowledge of Kerbela society and its activity during the Ottoman rule . it's a time city characterized by social features associated with customs, traditions and social activities in this ancient city , for being the destination of thousands of visitors annually . as well as knowledge of economic conditions and the nature of the political system and tribal uprisings and military campaigns against the Wahhabi threat .The second chapter, which was entitled " Political conditions in Kerbela from 1800 - 1869 , consists of three topics . The first is devoted to terrorist attacks (1800 - 1817). While the second topic deals with the events that passed through Kerbela during the reign of the governor Dawood Basha ( 1817 - 1831 ) . The third one concludes the events that took place in Kerbela during the Ottoman rule. It focuses on the study of social conditions in Kerbela ( 1800 - 1869) . the first section is devoted to social structure in Kerbela district, while the second deals with the Khans and their importance in social life . The third chapter deals with the subject of Shiism in Baghdad Ayala .The fourth chapter was devoted to the economic situation in Kerbela (1800 - 1869 ) and divided into four sections; the first deals with agriculture , irrigation and agricultural products and the attitude of the Ottoman governors of agriculture . While the second section touches the trade and its importance. The third deals with industry and most important industries in the city as well as influencing factors in it . Section four discusses the financial resources of tax and imports of Uwda Kingdom and burial fees . Analysis of the Sources The thesis adopted many of unpublished and published documents including what are saved in Dar al - Kutob, national documents and Al - Haidariya Library in Najaf . Also the library of Kashif al - Ghata which concerns the political , social and economical sides during the 9th century for Kerbela . The published documents formed important pillar in the thesis chapters for having very important information . Besides, there are the important documentary books such as ; The " Iraq in Ottoman documentation" to Sinan Ma'arof Oglu and The book "Kerbela in the Ottoman archives " for the researcher Dilk Qaya . The thesis also depended on many Arab and inflective resources and trips books, some of them are highly important for the subject of the research for contemporary authors or close to them. For example " Dohat al - Wizera' in the History of Baghdad, Zawra " to Rasool Hawi al - Kurkukly . It also had a great importance for dealing with events in detail during the Mamulk reign . The importance of the book increases when we know that the author was contemporary of the events of the date or period of the thesis . The book ' Iraq between two occupations " to Abass al - Azawi . it depended on the main sources to identify the information. This was what gave a great importance to his books. Also the books of Ali al Wardi " Social Profiles in the History of Iraq" , ' A Study in the Nature of Iraqi society" . They had realistic details for Iraqi society in the Ottoman era, especially in the social life . And also the books of Dr. Abd al - Salam Imad Raouf " The Social Life during Mumulk era in Iraq "The university thesis and papers have a large share in this thesis. I relied on many of these thesis and papers which dealt with different aspects from the history of Iraq in Ottoman era, like " Economic and Social situations for history of Kerbela (1921 - 1939) to the researcher Hassan Dakhil Attai , which dealt with the economic situation in the contemporary history, but it gave an idea about the general situations during Ottoman era. Also the thesis of the researcher Suher Abass Kadhim " Social situations in the Area of the Middle Euphrates through the books of travelers (1831 - 1914) which dealt with cities of Middle Euphrates , like "Kerbela through the visits of foreign travelers to Iraq " and the thesis of Sami Nadhim al - Munsory ( Ottoman Policy towards minorities including the Shiits .

الاوضاع الاجتماعية في مصر (1848 - 1882) == The social situation in Egypt (1848 - 1882)

Author name: رافع جبار راشد الركابي
Supervisor name: احمد صبري شاكر الخيقاني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The observer of the history of Egypt since ancient times observes that Egypt is a country followed by incidents affecting since the dawn of history , did not prejudice the era of its era or a period of time passed by , except in rare incidents described by history, whether from a local or global perspective as accidents Influenced the course of events or historical trends, and see this since the first Pharaonic family until the present time , and the follower of the analyst of these historical events observes their money from the direct impact on the social reality and the behavioral appearance of the Egyptian people , whether negative or positive , and how these historical events had a return The social situation in Egypt (1848 - 1882) is a historical study of the important and vital topics in history because of its historical depth and the results and great future effects that affected the political arena in Egypt later , and this subject is still far from the studies The Iraqi Academy has not received sufficient attention in our universities so far , since it is not possible to understand the political developments with a comprehensive view and know what accompanied these developments of social events , interaction and influence are intertwined and intertwined between what is political and what is social and economic (1848 - 1882) , and in 1848 the beginning of the subject of the message of the social transformations that took place during this period , which was a major change in the history of the social situation in Egypt. The life of the Egyptian society did not witness the inauguration of the first Abbas social developments as witnessed by the era of Mohammed and there has been a decline and deterioration in the institutions of the state, which had a significant impact on the social reality such as education and health , In 1882 , the subject of the research came to an end as a result of the Arab revolution, which had a great impact on social reality. The chapter deals with the most important political unrest during the period (1801 - 1805) , which had a great impact on the social reality , and has emerged During this period , Egyptian leaders played a major role in encouraging and leading the people to face the injustice and oppression of the Ottoman rulers who ruled Egypt during this period. They burdened the Egyptian people with taxes , forced labor and other methods. The chapter dealt with the policy of Muhammad Ali (1805 - 1848) Through the business and the great changes introduced Li social reality , it was a great role in reviving the living standards of the Egyptian society. The second chapter deals with the social transformations (1848 - 1863). The chapter deals with the first policy of Abbas and its impact on the social reality , especially that the policy adopted by this governor differed very much from that of his grandfather Muhammad Ali. He followed a reactionary policy which neglected most of his grandfather's projects and works Which also deteriorated during the period of his rule, but in spite of that reminds him of some works that reflected positively on the Egyptian society. The chapter also discussed social conditions under the era of Said Pasha (1854 - 1863) During the period of his rule and its impact on the social reality, he has b Many reforms in most areas raised the standard of living of Egyptian society , especially reforms in the field of education , army and agriculture. The third chapter continued social transformations during the reign of Ismael Pasha (1863 - 1879) , where he focused on the reality of the social peasantry and the policy of Ismail Pasha towards the peasants and the forced and injustice they suffered during his reign. Ismail's era was considered the worst era of the peasants during the ninth century We also discussed the situation of the army and its developments , especially at the beginning of the rule of Isma'il , who gave great importance to the army. We also referred to the cultural movement during the era of Ismail and the attention he gave to learning and the press , which reflects positively on social reality and played a role in educating Egyptian society. We also ate the dine Social issues that have taken place in the Egyptian society during the era of Ismael Pasha. We also talked about the judicial system and its impact on Egyptian society , either positively or negatively. The chapter also touched on the impact of the financial crisis on the social reality. The fourth chapter devoted to the study of social reality during the financial crisis and the spread of famine and the exposure of the Egyptian society to great injustice by the Ministry of Finance , which imposed measures burdened the Egyptian people with taxes and forced labor and the emergence of the educated class in the political arena and the growing awareness among the Egyptian people , also addressed the role of the Egyptian people revolution Arabism as a social revolution expressed the hopes of the Egyptian people and the injustice and oppression they suffered from foreigners , especially in the army , which had a big role at the time

التيارات الفكرية في العراق 1908 - 1968 == Intellectual Currents in Iraq

Author name: سلمان رشيد محمد الهلالي
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The last of the twentieth century in Iraq, a century of multiple disparate intellectual currents. Consider as this country , was over the multi - cultural history starting from the Sumerians and the Akkadians, Babylonians, Arameans, and ending with the early Islamic ages, a pioneer in human achievement and cognitive literary and rationality primitive, democracy and the fields, and the cradle of movements, sects and creeds, religious, philosophical, linguistic and mystical currents, and became during this century recipient key for most of the concepts and trends that have emerged in Europe, especially liberalism and Marxism and nationalism, which interacted with the intelligentsia of Iraq (intelligentsia) positively, as an unilateral way of enlightenment and modernization, and the similarity with the Iraqis learners in order to change and reform the political and social reality, moving towards the rational and civil adoptive. This Thessis is a historical, an intellectual and political study of the three intellectual currents in Iraq. It is, according to the time , the influence and the cultural proliferation (liberalism, Marxism and nationalism) with a review of the historical development of the political and intellectual process of which passed out during the time period prescribed for the study, and the statement of the curriculum, schools and doctrines that investigated these currents resources and the sources of ideology, or those affected by them directly or indirectly and the inclusion of branches accompanying and formats and styles that came out of them, and organizations and partisan intelligentsia affiliate, or those who claimed that, with a review for the main concepts and objectives issues advocated by or promoted during this phase of our contemporary history.The thesis included the introduction, four chapters , a conclusion and a list of sources. The first chapter (the society , the state and intelligentsia in contemporary Iraq from 1908 to 1968). Reviewing social structures in Iraq, which is basically divided into : religious and sectarian structures. The structures of ethnic, racial, ingredients and minorities that followed, and the review of traditional social actors politically such as the family and the tribe, caste, ethnic, and historical evolution of her during the study phase, and the transformations that have occurred as a result of changes in the governance systems, and the emergence of secular currents of thought in the country. While the concept of the state in modern Iraq, and problematic incorporation, as a centre in the second section, with an indication of the general approaches that led to the failure of a project of this state, particularly the influence of political sectarianism, racism and monopolizing power and the intervention of the army in politics. The third section has singled out the Iraqi Intelligentsia, public function, and the factors that contributed to the emergence and cultural resources that advocatedty public perceptions, with the division of multiple cultural generations in the country during this phase.The second chapter, has dealt with the subject of the liberal trend in Iraq, starting with the review of all the historical evolution of the doctrine of the Liberal in Europe and the challenges faced by this movement in the twentieth century, and the role of the renaissance generation in the promotion and consolidation of this concept in the Mashriq. As in the second theme topic is enterested in showing the early liberalism and their four tributaries in Iraq : the French Enlightenment, the Arab renaissance, the constitutional revolution in Iran in 1905 and the revolution federal in the Ottoman Empire in 1908, and the subsequent declaration of the Constitution and the founding of the party organizations and the release of press freedom and political participation through elections. The third section has singled out a review of the historical development of the current liberal in Iraq through the phase 1908 - 1968 and the role of the British Mandatory authorities in promoting this trend and strengthened it by the desire to establish or develop a concept of (state) semi - liberalism, and the formation of the constitutional and governmental institutions and support public freedoms and the party life, with manifestations of regression in the democratization of liberal inclusion of life after the death of King Faisal I in 1933, the accumulation stages of decline that culminated in 1958 by the July revolution, and shed the military and national organizations, later on governance systems until 1968. The fourth section is concerned with the review of regulations and the liberal intelligentsia in Iraq and concepts of democracy and political pluralism advocated by the reform and values and projects that are based on them, and historical reasons that led to the decline of the liberal trend in Iraq.the third chapter is enterested in the Marxist tendency in Iraq, reviewing the historical development of the first socialist currents and the emergence of Marxism in Europe and escalating it spread after the First World War. In the second topic addressed the major tributaries of the International Marxist in Iraq wich are the tributary of Arab and Iranian and foreign and the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia in 1917 and the Third Communist International in 1919, scholarships and Western universities. He specialized in the third section in the show the historical development of the movement of Marxism in Iraq for the first socialist and cells that have evolved in the twenties, and the ground which paved the way for this by dilation secular concepts after the founding of the modern Iraqi state in 1921, and episodes of communism in Baghdad, Basra and Nasiriyah and its union in organizing the Iraqi Communist Party, and it's intellectual adoftire, and the factors that contributed to the spread of the ideas of communism in the country, which narrowed the social, political, economic and cultural factor. And the fourth topic viewed the organizations and the Marxist intelligentsia in Iraq during this phase, concepts and values advocated by, with the objective reasons that led to the decline of the Marxist tendency in the country included.We specialized in the fourth chapter the national trend in terms of review of the startingpoints which was based on nationalism in Europe, and theories (French, German and Marxism) prevailing in this regard, and its development in the Arab Mashreq, the multiple intellectual trends during this phase. As interested in the second section to include the early Arab nationalism in Iraq, and the groups active in this regard, and the patterns that have evolved on the sidelines of events and political developments, and the reasons that led to the adoption of the national intelligentsia National School German without the rest of the theories, and differentiation, which happened between them and the concept of Arabism and singled out the third section the review historical and intellectual development of Arab nationalism in Iraq is multinational and patterns after the founding of the Iraqi state, particularly in the thirties decate which witnessed the affected pointing movements of fascism and Nazism in Europe, and the role of the nationalist sati' Al - Husri and Sami Shawkat and Mufti Amin al - Husseini in the escalation of emotion in this style that reached its peak in May traffic 1941, and to identify the most important national trends after the second World war, which was characterized by the dominance of the socialist and revolutionary character of Nazareth, and the conflict between the various national pavilions after the 1963 coup, and the dominance of the Nazarene go the reins of power during the period (1963 - 1968). In the fourth section concerned with reviewing national organizations, intelligentsia and its subsidiaries (the traditional right - wing and Nasiriyah revolutionary socialist and nationalist) unionist and concepts advocated by, the general premise on which it relied, with self - reported reasons that led to the decline of the national trend in Iraq.At the conclusion of research we offered the most important conclusions we reached through the calendar of intellectual currents in Iraq, the most important general features that characterized and the compatibility of thought and practice during the prescribed period of study

الارمن في لبنان 1915 - 1975 : دراسة في اوضاعهم الاجتماعية والاقتصادية والسياسية == The Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 Study in their Social, Economic and Political Situations

Author name: باسم ريحان مغامس الشميساوي
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the history of minorities is a crucial issue because it has a significant impact on the events in the region in which it is located, particularly in Lebanon. This reflects profoundly on the Lebanese identity, which is characterized by ethnic, religious and sectarian diversity. Minorities in Lebanon's sectarian system have found a vital area for their social and political activities, their religious beliefs are much greater, less their counterparts in the region. On the other hand, the presence of large groups of refugees with a particular religious belief in a multi - ethnic country has a direct impact on social conditions Economic and political situation of the host country. The establishment of such refugees may lead to ethnic and religious tensions with local groups opposed to this emergency presence. Therefore, it is important to study the history of the Armenian community in Lebanon in all its aspects and dimensions, an academic study in depth, as it is one of the important communities that left a significant impression on the social, economic and political aspects of Lebanon, despite the recent existence in this country. In a miserable situation that is difficult to describe, they were stripped of everything, suffered the hardships of living in camps that lacked the basic elements of life, and in a country that differed with its inhabitants by customs and traditions, not to mention the language that was a major obstacle to their rapid integration into the new society. However, this minority community was able to preserve its national identity for a short period of time, and to have a great interest in Lebanon on the economic and political level, based on strong social ties. Accordingly, this study titled "Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 study in their social, economic and political situations" is chosen to highlight on the aforementioned issues of Armenian minority in order to revisit their histories and reach a new conclusions. The structure of the thesis is div ided into an introduction and five chapters and a conclusion.The first chapter examines the situation of the Armenians in the Ottoman Empire up to 1915. Three sections are addressed here : the first of which included the Armenian origin, included the geographical location and historical development, while the second Armenian topic was presented during the reign of Sultan Abdul Hamid II and the internationalization of the Armenian question. The third focused on the Armenians during the federal rule until 1915.The second chapter deals with the Armenian migrations to Lebanon from 1915 to 1939, so each migration is considered in a single section of this chapter. The first of which investigates the Armenian presence in Lebanon in 1915. The second section discusses entitled France's relinquishment of its mandate to Cilicia in 1920 and Armenian emigration Of which, while the third reviews the third migration under the title of Armenian immigration from the Alexandretta Brigade in 1939.The third chapter deals with the social and economic situation of the Armenians in Lebanon, and therefore divided into three sections. The first is the settlement of Armenian refugees in Lebanon. The second focuses on the religious establishment and the educational system. The third deals with the economic situation of the Armenians and their role in developing the Lebanese economy.The fourth chapter examines with the political situation of the Armenians in Lebanon during the French mandate of 1925 - 1946. This chapter is divided into two sections, the first one highlights the Armenian political parties in Lebanon, and the second discusses the participation of Armenians in political life under the mandate.The fifth chapter is devoted to examine the political situation of Armenians in Lebanon 1947 - 1975, divided into two sections. The first topic deals with the intensification of the conflict between the Armenian parties and their reflections on their political reality, while the second topic reviews the political development of the Armenians until 1975.In conclusion, the Armenians in Lebanon succeeded remarkably in the social, economic and political levels. They were driven to their unknown fate. Many were killed on the road of displacement. Others died as a result of sickness, hunger, and even those who remained alive were dead when they arrived in the diaspora. In the refugee camps in Lebanon, poverty was accompanied by their huts and tents. They lacked the most basic needs of a proper life. They were ulnerable to disease and epidemics, killing many, especially children, because of malnutrition. Except living in isolation in a different traditions, language, etc., but they were able to develop their social status to form an Armenian society in Lebanon that is in itself strong and cohesive, maintaining their national identity and positively integrated into Lebanese society. This also applies to the economic aspect in which they have become influential. The economic power of the Armenians in Lebanon has become an important political role. It is important that the Lebanese government refused to return to Soviet Armenia when the Soviet Union launched it for the second time in 1962 for fear of upsetting the demographic balance. It is possible to say that all of this would not have been possible without the extraordinary potential of the Armenian people to cling to life and to re - establish themselves as an significant community in Lebanon and to play a large role in social, economic and political aspects.

اسرة الزياني ودورها في تاريخ البحرين حتى نهاية القرن العشرين : دراسة تاريخية == Al - Zayani Family and its Role in the History of Bahrain Until the End of the Twentieth Century (Historical study)

Author name: ياسر ماضي كاظم الغانمي
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Despite of the number of historical scientific studies that dealt with various issues and issues of the Gulf region, and its various aspects and conditions, the researchers did not give any attention or little attention to the study of one of the important topics is to delve into the history of non - ruling families, And the role of the ruling families, especially in the establishment and formation of these Emirates or countries, has effectively contributed to the strengthening of its status and the height and deepen its existence, something not previously heard by researchers as we thought This is why we chose to study the history of an important family that played a leading role in the formation and establishment of the State of Bahrain. It also contributed to its history and its present time alongside the ruling family. This family was the family of Al - zayani, who took the title of head of our study (Al - zayani family and its role in the history of Bahrain until the end of the twentieth century) historical study. The researcher divided the subject of his study on introduction, preface and three chapters, as well as the conclusion of the subject. The introductory section was divided into two sections that included giving a brief picture of the country in which most of the family members settled, namely Bahrain. The second topic is entitled (An overview of the history of Bahrain from the earliest ages until independence) ) The first chapter deals with (the first historical roots of this family). In view of the difficulty in dealing with all the details and the names of the tribes and their branches from the subdivisions of them, we decided to divide the chapters of the topics according to the vision Historians represented the four stages of history (ancient, intermediate, modern and contemporary) with some overlapping between them. The first section was entitled "The Adnanites and the Sons of Adwan." The Adnanites represent the history of the ancient Al - zayani family, while the sons of Adwan represented the intermediate history of this family. Ml address (the sons of Khalid and Al - zayanih) as the sons of Khalid representing the history of Al - zayani family in the modern era, while contemporary history such as Al - zayanih her. Since the Al - zayani family has been famous for centuries as a business family in the Gulf and India regions, the second chapter of the study was devoted to the most important contributions to the economic renaissance of Bahrain. The study of the most prominent pearl traders from the family, while the second section entitled (Al - zayaniyah between pearl and car dealerships) as the researcher touched on the stage of trade transition passed by the Al - zayani family between the pearl and car trade as the signs of that move began from the beginning of the nest Rinat of the twentieth century, which was interrupted by difficult conditions experienced by the Al - zayani family and suffered from many difficulties until it almost lost its commercial status, but the family quickly grasped its difficult situation and began to revive its business again by opening several shops to sell various materials, but This trade did not last long, as was mentioned the most prominent names of traders from the family in this subject, some of whom experienced the commercial movement of the family between the pearl trade, shops and trade cars, the third topics of the chapter is devoted to talk about the first beginnings of Al - zayani to agencies. The company has also reviewed the most important commercial branches for the sale of cars which were opened by Al - zayani in the Gulf and the Arab region, as well as a review of the most important problems faced by Al - zayani Family Company and attempts to find suitable solutions for them. The aggravation eventually led to the collapse of the family company, specifically the end of the twentieth century, when the company was divided into more than one branch took each one of them works like him after the partners shared the property of the parent company. The third chapter of the study was titled "The contributions of the Al - zayani family in the political, scientific and social fields", which included two topics, the first of which was devoted to studying the contributions and activities of the family in the political field, especially in the Bahraini national movement, with the most prominent political positions recorded by the members to support the issues In Bahrain and abroad. The second part of the chapter covered the contributions of the Al - zayani family in the field of education and the most prominent social services provided. The study included two main points. The first focused on the contribution of the Al - zayani family to the establishment of formal education in Bahrain. Dating back to the twentieth century. In addition, the study included a conclusion in which the researcher reported the most important findings concerning the subject of his study, which was the most prominent that the Al - zayani family has passed through its history in several roles, it was the first role purely economically when it was practicing pearl trade and diving behind this role Has started in the old and continued until the twenties of the twentieth century, that is, their role was one - sided until the twentieth century, and then start their role, which is a role of political - economic Some members of the family went to the national movement, while others went to business, A double role, either Aldo The latter had three dimensions or aspects : political, economic and social, as this role was characterized by development and expansion through the establishment of the Al - zayani family to take care of many fields that have become widespread and the complexity and continuity of these roles to the present

ادارة الدولة الاسلامية في خلافة الامام الحسن بن علي (عليه السلام) == Management Islamic statein the Caliphate Imam Hassan ibn Ali (peace beupon him)

Author name: وسن عبد الامير حمود الحجامي
Supervisor name: حسين علي الشرهاني
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
Abstract: Praise be to Allah Lord of the worlds , we use it and for giveness. Seek refuge with Allah from the evils of ourselves. Prayer and peace upon our prophet Mohammed bin Abdullah , and to home's people divine good.The researcher who mocks his pen in writing life of in fallible , what is now gace of God Almighty and agreat honor for him. At the Same time , in front of agreat edifice.Here , the writing about them is not easy. There is no doubt in it.The Subject of the message : ( De partment of Islamic Statel during the reign of Imam Hassan bin Ali Ibn Abe Talib (pease be upon him). It is as ubiect of an important. Because of Imam Hassan (pease be upon him) personal Masoumeh , Immune to.By this , on the other hand , most of what I wrote about I mam Hassan (peace be upon him) it is only writings fo Cused on the Sides of his no ble life.As wall as political life in the period of Succssion , we did not stand on the existence of an academic study , related to systems management in the era of Imam Hassan (peace be upon him).Adopt rigorous scientific research in this aspect.We have adopted in this study administrative and finan cial stuelies in the era of Imam Ali (peace be upon him) Because the short duration of the succession on Imam Hassan (peace be upon him) required him to keep the administrative and financial Syatems in the era of his father (peace be upon him) , and from another hand , neglecting the management side and it was mentioned by ancient historians in the reign of Imam Hassan (peace be upon him).The result from this study , that Imam Hassan (peace be upon him) became ready to takeover the leader ship of the nation , and management. Because he gained experience with what he Saw , when his father Imam Ali (peace be upon him) received management Islamic state and has caused agreat change in the administrative and financial side.BAs well as leader ship roles entrusted to him in the succession of his father from experience increased administrative and military. He had asignifi cant role in Al jemel , Two rows , and Nahrawan war.When Imam Hassan management recognizes the Islamic state after the death of his father. Any change in the system state on the administrative and finan cial level did not happen.The conditions experienced by the Succession of Imam Hassan (peace be upon him) had forced him to accept peace with Muawiya Ibn bi Sufyan , Consequenty accused Imam Hassan (peace be upon him) week governance. But the old historins over looked the fact of Muawiya , who realized that Imam Hassan walked to his father's approach in the management of state.Old accusation historians have evolved and moved to Orientasts.They in turn have based on the writings of these and raised falsehoods about a person of Imam Hassan (peace be upon him) the reconciliation of Imam Hassan is an extension of the revolution of Ashura. What this study humble , but in response to all of Sacrilege and accused Imam Hassan these Alafteraat , what may Benh of the nature of the events and circumstance that Surrouneded the Imam Hassan bin Ali is God reconcile agood helper.

مانع سعيد العتيبة ودوره الاقتصادي ونشاطه الفكري في دولة الامارات 1946 - 1990

Author name: مالك لفتة مردي المعالي
Supervisor name: حسين كامل جابر الشاهر
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:

السياسة النفطية لحكومة عبد الكريم قاسم 1958 - 1963م : دراسة تاريخية == The Oil Policy of the Government of Abdul Kareem Qasim 1958 - 1963 Historical Study

Author name: حسين علي محمد المرشدي
Supervisor name: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: On final touches, it is invaluable to review the basic scientific subjects together with the essential results throughout the study .The study is entitled “ The Oil Policy of the Government of Abdul Kareem Qasim 1958 - 1963, Historical Study”. The study is to consider the subject of oil and its privileged procedures after the revolution of 14th July .From the beginning, oil privilege was the main concern for most of Iraqi people. These privileges imposed form of exploitation and injustice due to illegal considerations. As a matter of fact, incommensurable contracts that led to forfeit the right national advantages. Accordingly, clear manifestations were rather indicated to exploit Iraqi fortune of oil. As a result, the 14th of July revolution had targeted to face such policy and to persist the acquired national rights.The study is divided into prelude and four chapters. The prelude deals with the initial consideration towards Iraqi oil and what European competitions have decided after the 1st World war .Chapter one comes to consider all the oil agreement that established between Iraqi governments and foreign oil companies to investigate forms of exploitation against the Iraqi nation. Such agreements can be identified by the agreement of 1925 which was modified in 1931, the agreement of Mousl Oil Company in 1932, the agreement of Basra Oil Company in 1938 and the agreement of privilege modification in 1952.Chapter two is concerned with the economical and oil intentions of the revolution government showing its achievement to abolish feudatory, disavow the Sterling Group, repossess regional water from Basra Oil Company, retract the privilege of Khanakeen Oil Company to establish the ministry of Oil and finally to consider the Iraqi role to establish OPEC in 1960 . On its part, chapter three has dealt with the oil negotiations which took place between the revolution government and other oil companies showing the main issues of discrepancy .Chapter four has touched on the oil legislation created by the revolution government and to determine the public opinion. Subjects such as law of identifying the locations of investment for oil companies as well as for the National Oil Company is of main concern .Throughout the chapters, the research has concluded the following results :  To achieve its interest, Britain exploited the political situations that dominated all over Iraq next to the 1st World War . The Iraqi part was incapable to deal with the foreign companies supported by their governments . The first oil declaration, which was addressed by Abdul Kareem Qasim the prime minister, had a great influence to ensure the interest of the concerned major countries and moreover to recognize the new Iraqi government together with nonintervention. It is worth to mention that before the 14th of July revolution, oil production in Iraq was dominated by the oil companies which had decided the final decision . The negotiations between the revolution government and other oil companies lasted for three years when 28 meetings were held. The result of these negotiations came to light in April 1961. In return for, the revolution government established a committee to investigate the effective procedures . The oil legislation issued by the revolution government was an inevitable result due to the obstinate attitude on the part of the foreign companies . The initial step of oil industry in Iraq started with the oil laws which were issued by the revolution government to enable Iraq of the national oil fortune . Oil policy of the revolution government together with legislation had contributed to establish foreign coalitions to work against and to overthrow the government in retaliation for losing advantages .

منظمة المؤتمر الاسلامي وموقفها من قضيتي كوسوفو والبوسنة والهرسك 1989 - 1999 == The Organization of Islamic Conference and its Attitude towards the Issues of Kosovo and Bosnia and Herzegovina (1989 - 1999)

Author name: نورس غصاب عبود المعالي
Supervisor name: غانم نجيب عباس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: The Organization of the Islamic Conference is considered as one of the most important international organizations .It is the second largest international organization after the United Nations. The establishment of the Organization of Islamic Conference came after several initiatives and invitations by Muslim leaders and scholars in response to the fragmentation and division of the Islamic countries. The Organization of the Islamic Conference is based on the belonging to the Islamic religion and not on a geographical, political or economic basis, like other organizations. It aims at achieving unity and religious solidarity among Muslim countries. Its membership includes most of the Islamic or Muslim - majority countries as it includes in its membership fifty - seven countries representing one third of the members of the United Nations. It is important to shed light on it and its attitudes which are considered as important in the international forums. In order to know and understand this organization, it is necessary to study its origins, objectives, principles and development, and to study how it dealt with the Islamic issues that emerged on the international scene. Therefore, the researcher has chosen it as a subject matter for this thesis under the title 'The Organization of Islamic Conference and its attitude towards the issues of Kosovo and Bosnia - Herzegovina 1989 - 1999'.The reason behind choosing the issues of Kosovo and Bosnia and Herzegovina is that they were major crises and wars that the world witnessed after World War II. In addition, The Kosovo and Bosnia - Herzegovina crisis took place for a number of reasons, foremost of which were ethnic and religious conflicts as Islamic represents the religion of the majority in Kosovo and the highest percentage of the Republic of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Both the region and the republic sought independence just like the rest of the republics of the Yugoslav Union that got independence after the collapse of the Union. Both Kosovo and Bosnia and Herzegovina were subjected to ethnic cleansing and abuses that affected Muslims in the region and the Republic because of their desire for independence and here comes the importance of the study in that it carries many religious, political dimensions and other needs to study and research. Thus, the researcher has chosen these two issues to study and identify the attitude of the Organization of Islamic Conference towards them.Concerning the designation of 1989 as the beginning of the study, as it is the year in which the Kosovo Albanians lost their autonomy since the 1974 Constitution by the Republic of Serbia ,and 1999 as the end of the study as it is the year in which all international endeavors and initiatives to end the Kosovo war have ended. Regarding Bosnia and Herzegovina, its events took place within that period, i.e. from 1992, the date of the outbreak of the war, to the date of the implementation of the Dayton Agreement.In the light of this, the thesis was divided into an introduction, a preface, three chapters and some conclusions that included the most important results of the study. TheBpreface deals with Islamic Solidarity and Islamic Conferences that preceded the formation of the Organization of the Islamic Conference and the reasons that led to the establishment of the Organization. The first chapter examines the Organization of the Islamic Conference , its structure and its relations with the other organizations. The first chapter includes four sections : the first section focuses on the establishment of the organization, the second section deals with its organizational structure, while the third section investigates the relationships of the organization with the other international organizations, and the fourth section previews the attitudes of the Organization towards some Islamic issues.Chapter two is devoted to the attitude of the Organization towards the issue of Kosovo from 1989 to 1999. This chapter is divided into three sections : The first section includes a general study on the Republic of Yugoslavia and the region of Kosovo, the second section deals with the attitude of the Organization towards the crystallization of the Kosovo crisis of 1989 - 1998, while the third section focuses on its attitude towards Kosovo war of 1998 - 1999.The third chapter deals with the attitude of the Organization of the Islamic Conference towards the issue of Bosnia and Herzegovina from 1992 to 1996. This chapter is divided into three sections : the first section deals with the historical roots of the issue of Bosnia and Herzegovina, the second section focuses on the attitude of the Organization towards the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina from 1992 to 1993, and the third section is concerned with the attitude of the Organization towards the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina and the Dayton Agreement from 1994 - 1996.In spite of the researcher's reliance on various sources of Arabic and foreign documents and books as well as academic studies, the researcher encountered difficulties in obtaining foreign documents, especially the Yugoslav documents from their sources, as well as the lack of our libraries to the primary sources of these events, as well as the lack of sources specifically (documents) that are related to the attitude of the Organization towards the Kosovo issue, as it is a contemporary historical issue.The most important conclusions reached in this study is the success of the Islamic countries through coordination and cooperation among themselves to put forward the idea of Islamic solidarity in the field of reality. The Organization of the Islamic Conference was established at the international level as a regional organization dealing with Islamic countries in order to meet the challenges facing the Islamic countries . After several years, the Organization was able to present itself as an Islamic unit, lead the Islamic countries, and respond to the issues facing the Islamic nation, including the Kosovo and Bosnia and Herzegovina issues. Through its conferences and decisions, the organization sought to support the issue of Kosovo Muslims and provided diplomatic and political support for the Kosovo issue as well as the financial support that is represented by aids provided by the Organization and its member states to the Muslim people in Kosovo. TheCOrganization paid much attention to the issue as it included it in its agenda and formed a special team to follow developments in the region. The attitude of the Organization towards the issue of Bosnia and Herzegovina was stronger than the one towards Kosovo as the later was a region related to the republic of Serbia and this is an internal issue. On the other hand, Bosnia and Herzegovina was one of the republics of Yugoslavia.In Bosnia and Herzegovina, several internal and external factors caused the situation to be deteriorated and caused the outbreak of war. The religious factor was one of the most important reasons. Bosnia included the Muslims who constituted the largest proportion of the country. Thus, this issue was included in the agenda of the Organization , and its members made individual and collective efforts to end the crisis, and those efforts proved their response to these events and resulted in good results. The Organization succeeded in presenting the issue to various international forums. A special commission for Bosnia and Herzegovina was formed, known as the Contact Group, which made great efforts to serve this issue both within and outside the United Nations

فاروق صالح العمرسيرته ونشاطه الوظيفي ودوره السياسي ومنهجه في التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر حتى عام 2018 == Farooq Salih Al - Omer and his Method in Writing History

Author name: محمد ساجت محول الظالمي
Supervisor name: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Recently, the academic personals in the field of history have got the interest of the Iraqi universities as they had great effect in revealing several historical facts. They have prominent role in shaping the track of history writing in Iraq. Dr. Farooq Salih Al - Omar is considered as a one of those who presented many participations to the contemporary school of history in Iraq through his scientific carrier that lasted for about sixty years.The present study has included an introduction, four chapters, and conclusions . Chapter One is concerned with the social life of Farooq Salih Al - Omar and his scientific and carrier background. It includes a glance of his social life and the nature of his study from the primary stage going through completing his Ph.D. in Egypt ,and his carrier in the Ministry of Knowledge in 1959 to the time of the present study.Chapter Two, on the other hand, is devoted to study the political activity of Farooq Salih Al - Omar in which the researcher explores what happened to Al - Omar during changing the ruling system from Kingdom to Republic in 1958 which has affected his political ideas and got him to join Al - Ba'ath Arabian Communist party in 1959.Chapter Three deals with his administrative participations and his scientific and educational efforts. It explores his contribution in establishing Al - Basrah Documents center in 1990 in the Universityof Basrah and establishing the college of Historical studies in the University of Basrah in 2000, and investigates his relationships with the chancellors of the University of Basrah since moving his services to it in 1969 until his retirement in 2009. In addition, it notify his scientific and educational efforts and his method of teaching and supervising.Chapter Four investigates the method of Farooq Salih Al - Omar in the writing of history which is based on the analytical study. It views five of his publications as living samples to know his method in writing history. In addition, three of his published books in the scientific periodicals were analyzed. The study also has included some appendixes which document the life of Al - Omar.Throughout the study, the researcher has concluded several things about Al - Omar, most importantly the following : 1. He is descended from a family which was known by its social and scientific position.2. The environment that he grew in has affected his cultural and political ideas.3. His study in the Teachers institute is considered as his real turning point in his scientific, cultural, political, and ideological life 4. Changing the ruling system in Iraq from kingdom into republic in 1958 has participated in his joining to Al - Ba'ath Arabian party in 1959.5. His writing method has been characterized as being simple ,smooth , and strong. It was empty of complex words. His method was scientific and accurate, and his ordering of the events was logical. Finally, his analysis was scientific and he refused the explanations that are based on self - measurements

دور العائلات الفارسية السياسي والفكري في الدولة المغولية في الهند 1526 - 1859 م == The Political and Intellectual Roles of Persian Families in the Mughal Empire into India (1526 - 1859)

Author name: سكينة بجاي محسن
Supervisor name: اسعد حميد ابو شنة
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:

حميد احمد حمدان التميمي سيرته واسهاماته العلمية == Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Al Tamimi His biography and scientific contributions

Author name: كرار حسين كاظم الفتلاوي
Supervisor name: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: After studying the biography of Professor Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Tamimi and his scientific achievements through the four chapters of the letter, there are important conclusions reached by the study is as follows : - The facts presented in this study allow us to say that the environment in which Dr. Humaid Ahmad Hamdan al - Tamimi came out has a great impact on his intellectual and scientific orientations, especially his family, his professors and his surroundings, like the second generation of Iraqi historians who still had their clear impressions in the field of historical studies . Al - Tamimi, like other Iraqi academics, did not rely heavily on the former Baathist governments, which kept him away from the classroom and in training. Not only did he open his doors to others who were close to her, And his broad knowledge that he possesses the qualifications and expertise distinguished by others. Dr. Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Al - Tamimi is based on a broad base of accumulated knowledge of historical events as well as comprehensive knowledge of the basic aspects of Iraq's modern and contemporary history, the history of the Arab world and the modern and contemporary Arabian Gulf, . The scientific methodology of Tamimi seeks to reshape the historical event as it was signed with the utmost precision and clarity committed to the scientific secretariat is high, and so is interested in all the particles and details to the comprehensive view of the historical treatment, the topics and studies are overflowing with a lot of historical scientific information, based on the abundance of knowledge and diversity The multiple interpretations of the historical event document what he went through the basic and primary sources of each and every aspect of historical research. Dr. Hamid Ahmed Hamdan is a living example of scientific persistence and intellectual giving. He is one of the few who gave birth to the University of Basrah, and from the first generation, which is rarely repeated in terms of the richness ofhis knowledge and his flowing contribution, which has been harvested for many years in research, studies, readings, writings and scientific participations. At the level of the interior and abroad, and supervision of the letters and scientific messages and the adoption of administrative and scientific positions - Professor Hamid Ahmed Hamdan Tamimi, through this study looked a brilliant man in his specialty and a historian of glory in his books Rsina in his proposals, loyal to his country to the point where the promotion of non - specialized work in the Ministry of Transport and Communication to the level of idealism.

جعفر شريف امامي ودوره السياسي في ايران حتى عام 1978 == Jafar Sharif Emami And political role in Iran until 1978

Author name: حازم كاظم طاهر الزيادي
Supervisor name: نعيم جاسم محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: The Jaafar Sharif Emami of the most personalities importance in the contemporary history of Iran, it is nearby Personal far from the Shah, an independent figure and did not enter into political parties until forced by the Shah after 1975 to join the RstakhizParty (Renaissance), and was among those who assisted them shah resolve crises Interior, moreover, it is characterized by a strong personality external relations internationally accepted, and he held a number of important political positions in the country, such as prime minister twice (1960 - 1961) and the (Government of national reconciliation in 1978) and chairman of the Senate for a period of fifteen years (1963 - 1978), as well as other political positions held which are numerous and many, have been reviewed in detail in the chapters of the message.Hence the choice of subject (Jafar Sharif Emami and political role in Iran until 1978), which had a clear role in the contemporaryhistory of Iran, on the grounds that most of the previous studies onits role in the development of the internal events for Iran did notlook at his early life or dealt with his role in the events, as well as all this, the choice of topic was expressing a small seed, planted inthe Finder thinking when he was in the preparatory year at the master's stage, has germinated and the flourishing of the chosensubject of study, thanks to the support and encouragement of my teacher, Dr.Naeem Jassim Mohammed The letter included an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion the most important conclusions reached by the researcher, the first chapter dealt with the life of Jafar Sharif Emami his birth and upbringing social and biography, as well as his wealth obtained through his political career, and instruction and intellectual upbringing, as well as his role in the emergence of Masonic thought in Iran, as well as career include it political coin early until 1960, beginning his service manager for the Department of irrigation in the reign of Ahmed strength of the Sultanate in 1947, and he assumed the post of Minister of ways in the government of Ali packages Lara (1950 - 1951), and Minister of industry and minerals in the government of Dr. Manouchehr Iqbal ( 1957 - 1960).

باقر شريف القرشي سيرته واثاره الفكرية (1927ــ2012) : دراسة تاريخـية == Biography of Bakker Sharref Al - Querishi And His Intellectual Contributions

Author name: عزيز غالي حسين حمدان العامري
Supervisor name: عبد الاله بدر علي الاسدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: The present study is entitled the Biography of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi and his intellectual contribution (1925 - 2012).we should refer that there have been a disagreement among researchers about the date of his birth which is considered the starting point of this study where the researcher have found that several reliable sources which mentioned that his birth was in (1925) , but after laborious examination , eventually prove undoubtedly evidence that it was in (1927) which occurred after televised meeting with him. Therefore , the study starts from the year (1927). The most important reason for our choice of this subject is that there is no previous sufficient academic study which dealt and disclosed the remarkable life for such great personage .Hence , the nature of the study required a scheme involves introduction, four Chapter and conclusions .The first chapter entitled the birth , upbringing and formation of his social character which consist of three inquiries. The first inquiry about : the life of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi (his name , lineage (family),born and bred ,his preliminary education ,his marriage and family ,and features of his personality ).while the second inquiry is about : his intellectual tributaries(social climate ,the press, and the genetic aspect), the third inquiry about Bakker s social and scientific status and death . the second chapter entitled acquisition of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi , the first entitled the religious Education of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi , while the second inquiry about : his students ,their impression ,what has been written and said about him , the writers who affected him ,the motivation to write ,the last one is the third inquiry about the politics of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi and his attitude towards the politics events.Chapter three studies the intellectual and scientific production of the Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi which ,in turn ,has been distributed into two inquiries, the first is entitled : his printed books and the second entitled : the study of the contribution of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi and his writing methodology ,which involving two inquiries,the first about study of the contribution of Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi From this presentation of the contents of research which apparently Demonstrates that the knowledgeable formation and religious environment Where the scholar lived in between the lap of traditional legacy adhered to the sound foundation of Islamic doctrine and between intellectual environment which had been secreted by the nature of scientific environment where he had grown up and nurtured in which had a clear impact in preparing his intellectual tributaries and opening up his knowledgeable channels which highly had helped in forging his scientific character . As a result of blending and interaction on his vision and opened up new horizons which,in turn ,allowed to introduce the analogical studies within his research ,and adopted a new methodology in dealing with knowledge in field of historical erudition in topics not oblivious for requirements of a historical and scientific approach, as well as, title of his topics have characterizes with precision and objectively . This lead to present an extensive knowledgeable achievement. We can realize , to some extent that his writings have never been familiar but he exerted a considerable efforts in addressing multiple issue of history according to a logical imaginative perspective to treat the reasons of turbulence of history. He also has had a high degree of distinction in intellectual and scientific output in domain of historical studies which qualified hi to be considered ,by observes ,one of the greatest pioneers in history of Iraq in terms of his works subject of history ,especially in lives and chronicles of (Ahlul - Beit) the off spring of prophet Muhammed (pease be upon him) that distinguished him from other historical writers .Having a look at his writings, we can notice the considerable diversity in style quantitatively and qualitatively. he handled issue ,topics and numerous ,varied ,historical points of debate in according to systematic bases and view reflected firmly his approach and mechanisms in his pattern for researching .in addition ,the scholar ,Bakker Shareef al - Qureishi, was not just a writer in history ,but ,moreover, he almost wrote in all Islamic order ,doctrine , language, and religious erudition.he was ,and still, considered as one of the greatest personas in history of contemporary Iraqi scholar is ,deservedly ,considered as an encyclopedia who left an apparent indelibly imprint on generations seekers of history science and its facts . he realy enjoyed with a sense of an adherent chronicler with his systematic line of thinking which almost approaching for mythology in writing of history ,especially in relation to his arranging of marging.In sum,we can infer undoubtedly that he had an amazing foresight for events which we can realize through what he referred to, not in position to assets of figures hehad passed on and translated theme , but we have found how he was utterly conscientious to present for his readers a valid historical account by means of the diversity in reliable sources, with purpose in his mind,to figure out and beef up of the historical fact which he related in his creative works.B) )When analyzing his style of writing=g , we can recognize how his style has been distinguished with reference to the clarity and simplicity, any tentative reader approach for events and details .And another distinctive merit which differentiates him from whole writers is that his books process wide coverage ; consequently ,filling a wide gaps in agreat deal of libraries and, for their extremely importance, they have translated for many language such as English, Ordic,Turkish,Sawahi, and language of Husa . his books were (65) books . in addition ,some of this books have become curriculum or course of study in international universities such as the Islamic university in London and the Algerian university .Indeed , he has been considered by critics in literary scene as on of the elite that proved the knowledgeable and historical movement with books enjoyed with high level of validity and reliability in terms of the historical accounts . As a result , he was the only Iraqi author who is designated a private section in the library of the American congeress

الموقف الباكستاني من الغزو السوفيتي لافغاننستان 1979 - 1989 == The Pakistani Attitude From the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan (1979 - 1989)

Author name: ايمان محبس مدلول الطاهر
Supervisor name: اسعد حميد ابو شنة
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Afghanistan has undergone many major transformations on all of the political, military, economic and social levels that had a significant impact on its local and regional status. Due to its geographical position, Afghanistan had a special significance because of its proximity to the crossroads of three different civilized centers; Central Asia, The Indian sub - continent and the Middle East, which became controversial over the years between the major powers dominating the world at the time. Since the beginning of its modern history, the location of Afghanistan represented for the Soviet Union an important strategic position that made the Soviet Union aspire to polarize Afghanistan towards it, despite the fact that Afghanistan, after getting rid of the British dependency in 1919, had taken the non - aligned policy as a slogan of the state and became far from interventions that took place in the outside world, including alliances of the two World Wars I and I.But the major and regional countries neighboring Afghanistan had another opinion, the most prominent of which are the Soviet Union and Pakistan. the Soviet Union, being geographically adjacent to Afghanistan thought that it was necessary to control this country and manipulate it, then take control of Pakistan to ensure they were not dragged into the Western camp. The Soviet Union began to politically, economically, and even socially contain Afghanistan by spreading communist ideas to extract Afghanistan from its religious enclosure so that it could dictate its conditions upon it. In economic terms, the Soviet Union bound Afghanistan to many treaties in order to vigorously link the Afghan economy to the Soviet one. Therefore, Afghanistan embraced countless treaties that made the Soviet Union the sole controller of the Afghan economy. Culturally, the Soviet Union brought to Afghanistan the means of education and ideas that went in line with the Communist Party, which was rapidly spreading in Afghanistan ahead of the invasion.Pakistan's close proximity to Afghanistan and the social, linguistic, cultural and religious ties between the two countries had played a major role in moving the Afghan society to the desired destination of Pakistan and its allies, as the allies of Pakistan, especially the United States of America, knew how to approach Afghanistan under the umbrella of religion and Islamic Jihad since the Islamic religion in Afghanistan has the upper hand. Hence, Pakistan had been at the forefront of what was going on in Afghanistan - the Soviet invasion of it in 1979 .This in itself did not appeal to the other anti - Soviet forces, i.e., the US, which felt that Afghanistan had been dragged to the Eastern Camp.Through the above study we have highlighted the position of Pakistan from the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan and have come to conclude the following results : The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 - 1989 represented an important event on the regional and international scene. Major and regional countries were unable to stand still because of the very important effects they had on manyBcountries, especially in Asia. Pakistan was one of the most affected countries for several reasons, some were related to its foreign policy and regional relations with its neighbors, especially India and the unsettled issues between them, while other reasons were related to its relations with major countries - the United States and the Soviet Union - and Pakistan's need for a strong ally to support it in the face of the regional challenges, as well as the challenges of internal building and the advancement of the country's economy. There were many things that manifested Pakistan's hostile attitude towards the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan : Pakistan considered the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan as the greatest threat to its security and may be greater than the traditional Indian threat, besides the fear of Pakistan that the Soviet Union might take use of its borders to reach their desired goal, i. e., warm waters. The Soviet invasion did not serve the interests of Pakistan, especially on the internal, social, and economic levels, because of the effects that resulted from the invasion such as the social problems and economic losses that had increased the burden of the emerging Pakistani economy. The advanced Indo - Soviet relations had a significant impact on directing Pakistan's position towards the Afghan issue. Pakistan felt that it had become politically and ideologically hostile to both countries. The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan was a strategic security threat to the Pakistan national security as the Soviet forces were coming closer to the Pakistani borders. Pakistan's rejection of the Soviet invasion was based on maintaining Pakistan's national security, including India's threat. Pakistan had not been able to determine the appropriate bases in the face of this great challenge due to its limited economic, political and military capabilities compared to the Soviet Union, so it had to rely on the great powers that would be an adversary to the Soviet Union and diverging in ideological goals; the United States represented this type of force.Hence, both Pakistan and Afghanistan mattered in the Cold War, and turned to have an important role in the eyes of the US, just as the Soviet Union had presence in Afghanistan, the United States had to be close to it, and Pakistan represented the most appropriate place for that presence. Pakistan was the base of financing, training, and equipping the Afghan resistance factions against the Soviet forces in Afghanistan, besides the great political and intelligence presence of the United States. Pakistani territory was the most important base for all of the young people, who wanted to fight the Soviet forces, coming from various regions of the Islamic world.

ال الحرفوش في بعلبك 1497 - 1865م : دراسة تاريخية

Author name: زهرة محمد حلو الشيباني
Supervisor name: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:

العلاقات الامريكية - القطرية 1971 - 1991 == American_Oatar relations 1971_1991

Author name: دعاء ريسان صدام منحوش الغانمي
Supervisor name: قيس جواد علي الغريري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Gulf region is of great importance and importance in the foreign policy of the United States of America. This stems from two basic facts. The first is that the Gulf region has strategic importance and weight in the Arab world. Most countries in the region, (Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahrain, UAE and Oman) have strong relations with the West, especially the United States, making it one of the determinants of the movement in the regional system of the Middle East. The second fact is that US foreign policy has a clear impact on the lives of nations and peoples. The US - Qatari relations 1971 - 1991 because the State of Qatar is part of them from the Arabian Gulf region, as well as what this country represents in the political thought of the United States America, which is trying to achieve its goals and interests in it.The United States established diplomatic relations with the State of Qatar in 1972 after its independence in 1971. The United States followed a foreign policy towards the State of Qatar based on the existence of fundamental interests that emerge through the importance represented by Qatar as one of the most important oil deposits in the world. The United States intervened in many countries because of its oil policies and for that the United States used its foreign policy and all of the same diplomatic and military pressure to turn the equation in their favor. US - Qatari relations have grown increasingly important in various fields, especially in economic, military and commercial aspects. The time frame for the study was set between 1971 - 1991 according to many considerations. The year 1971 witnessed the independence of the State of Qatar, as well as the most important event in the history of the region, namely the British withdrawal from it, and the beginning of the American rush. To protect its interests starting with strengthening its relationship with some countries in the region and ending with increasing its military presence in the region, especially with the six Gulf states. While the end of the study was determined in 1991 because it witnessed a great change in the Gulf region, which represents the American response and the other countries to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, and how the United States used it to establish its presence in the region steadily and intensively through the establishment of military bases deployed in different regions of countries Surrounding the waters of the Arabian Gulf. This is what the study is keen to clarify.We divided the study into an introduction, four chapters, a conclusion and a list of sources. The first chapter was titled : The decline of the British colonial influence in the Gulf and the beginning of the American interest in the region through three studies : We focused on the first of them on the site of Qatar under the strategic importance of the Arabian Gulf, The site has influenced the development of the State of Qatar, and we discussed in the second section to the British withdrawal from the Arabian Gulf and the independence of the State of Qatar in 1971, while highlighted in the third topic the beginning of US interest in Qatar. The second chapter is devoted to the study of oil and gas investment and their impact on the development of US - Qatari relations, divided into three fields. The first dealt with the oil investment and the role of American companies and how oil played an important role in giving Qatar great importance among other countries, especially the United States. Oil and gas revenues in the country's development, and how these revenues have been the main factor in the development of the State of Qatar at all levels, while the third studied the development of US - Qatari economic relations.The third chapter focuses on the impact of regional conflicts on US - Qatari relations. It was clarified through three studies. The first topic focused on the October 1973 war, the American and Qatari positions, and how Qatar stood by the Arab countries in imposing an oil embargo on the United States and European countries supporting Israel. . The second topic dealt with the American and Qatari situation from the Iran - Iraq War, which occupied the region for many years, and which threatened the security of the Arab Gulf States, while the third topic highlighted the details of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990 and the nature of the American and Qatari position.The fourth chapter focused on the study of Qatar's position in the US military strategy through three areas. The first focused on the common motives of Qatar and the United States on military concerns towards the Gulf region by securing energy sources and protecting allied systems. Through the creation of the US Central Command in 1983, which was the result of serious developments in the region, notably the fall of the Shah of Iran in 1979 and the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in the same year, as well as US and national defense arrangements, while studying the third topic The latest concept of security joint US strategy and country militarily, economically and politically in accordance.

العلاقات المصرية - الهندية 1952 - 1970 == Egyptian - Indian relations 1952 - 1970

Author name: هشام نعيم غليم الكعبي
Supervisor name: ايلاف عاصم مصطفى
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The political relations of the countries are complex and multifaceted aspects and dimensions as they represent the goals and self - interest of each state to other countries or movements or revolutions or international events and others, and the Egyptian - Indian political relations of those relations affected by the international events that occurred in the Middle East, and the interventions and projects launched Countries . Egypt and India are major countries with weight and influence in the regional and international affairs. They both have great demographic and economic weight, and are based on ancient civilization and cultural components. They are therefore receiving regional and international attention. The subject of the Egyptian - Indian relations was divided into an introduction, a preface, three chapters and a conclusion. Each chapter contains several topics according to the subject unit and the historical sequence. The study is devoted to studying the roots of Egyptian - Indian relations for the years prior to the time period of the letter. The first chapter studied the Indian - Egyptian relations (1955 - 1952), and this era is full of political events in the Middle East. The chapter included four topics. The first came to study : India's position on the revolution of July 23, 1952 in Egypt. The Egyptian - British evacuation in 1954. The third topic dealt with the Egyptian - Egyptian position of the 1955 Baghdad Pact. The fourth topic focused on the Egyptian - Indian role at the 1955 Bandung Conference. The second chapter is devoted to the study of Egyptian - Indian relations (1956 - 1961). It includes three topics. The first is the position of India on the nationalization of the Suez Canal in 1956. The second section deals with the official and popular Indian position on the tripartite aggression against Egypt 1956, Addressing India's position on Egyptian - Syrian unity and separation (1958 - 61).The third chapter deals with the Egyptian - Indian relations in light of the regional developments 1962 - 1970. It also includes three topics. The first topic is the Egyptian position on the Indo - Chinese conflict 1962 - 1963. The second section deals with Egypt's position on the death of Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru. 1964, and the third topic dealt with the role of Egypt in the Indo - Pakistan war on Kashmir 1965, and the fourth section dealt with the position of India of the Arab - Israeli war 1967. He pointed out that Egypt and India are two major regional states and are based on a long - standing civilization, a distinct strategic position, and the population and civilization. The Egyptian - Indian relations have not experienced any problems or tensions during their history because of the absence of geographic borders, regional competition or ideological conflict. On the contrary, relations have always improved, developed and converged views and interests at all levels. Egypt and India pursued a liberal policy aimed at freeing their countries from British hegemony. These efforts culminated in India's independence. This led Egypt to cancel its treaty with Britain and to demand that Britain withdraw from the Suez Canal. India also announced its support for Egypt, promised nationalization of the Egyptian sovereignty supplements and it is an internal issue. He also described the tripartite aggression against Egypt as an aggression against peace and a flagrant attack on the resolutions of the United Nations (General Assembly). Egypt has used its political and diplomatic relations with India to develop relations with the convergence of viewpoints in political positions in international forums. These approaches are converged through the conferences of the Non - Aligned Movement and strive to unify political efforts to make the region a permanent peace zone free of weapons and military bases. - Egypt's position on the issue of Kashmir between India and Pakistan and its neutral stance on regional and international issues from India's point of view are positive positions that push the bilateral relations between Egypt and India to the best and the best.

العلاقات الايرانية اللبنانية 1953 - 1979 == Iranian Lebanese relations 1953 - 1979

Author name: احمد طعمة جعفر الموسوي
Supervisor name: جميل موسى النجار
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the Iranian - Lebanese relations is considered an important topic, because Lebanon for the Iranian government is one of the most essential countries in the Middle East. Hence, good relations between these two countries through different periods of times cannot be ignored especially during the era of the Safavid state which invited Shiite scholars from Jabal Amel to support and strengthen state in Iran. The most prominent of these scholars were Sheikh Ali bin Abdul Aali al - Ameli, who died in 1533, known as the “Al - Karaki the editor”, and Sheikh Hussain bin Abdul - Samad al - Amali, who died in 1576. The children of these scholars are still living in Iran, and thus the roots of the religious relations between the two countries became a reason for the development of political, economic and cultural relations in later periods.Yet, the first action in the political relations between the two countries dates back to the period of the Lebanese President Camille Chamoun (1952/1958), who is considered the first Lebanese friend to Shah of Iran Mohammad Reza, and who is credited for setting up political relations with Iran through his government's first treaty of friendship and cooperation between the two states in 17 October 1953. After that, the relations evolved to change the title of the Iranian Commission operating in Beirut to the rank of embassy and Rahmat Atabaki became “Ambassador of Iran” instead of “Minister Plenipotentiary”, while Lebanese President Camille Chamoun paid an official visit to Iran on 17 October 1956 for the purpose of rapprochement between the two countries, especially in the issue of Baghdad Pact. These relations were reinforced by joining the American policy through the accession of Iran and Lebanon to the Eisenhower project in March 1957, until President Chamoun ordered on March 5, 1957 to upgrade the Lebanese Commission working in Iran to Embassy, for the purpose of rapprochement with Iran due to the fear of the policy of President Abdel Nasser, the enemy of the Shah’s regime at that time, as President Chamoun was reluctant to the influence of Nasser in Lebanon. As a result of Chamoun’s pro - Iranian and pro - Western policy, an internal pro - Nasser opposition emerged in Lebanon in 1958 to topple Chamoun’s government, and this let to the outbreak of the 1958 uprising which was almost able to reach its goal but the interference of the Marines plus the military and financial support provided by the Shah of Iran to Chamoun’s prevented realizing this goal, and the crises ended up by electing Major General Fuad Shehab as President of "Lebanon in 1958" as successor to President Camille Chamoun.As president Shehab became in office, the Iranian - Lebanese relations cooled due the new Lebanese government's inclination towards Egyptian policy against Iran and its allies, and because of the positions of Iranian Ambassador Ali Fattouhi in Lebanon and his statements against President Gamal Abdel Nasser which led to expelling the Iranian ambassador in Beirut by the Lebanese government, and hence Lebanon broke its relations with Iran in January 1966 for 16 month until April 1967.After the re - establishment of relations, another development took place in the course of the Iranian - Lebanese relations, and this time relating to the arrest of the former head of the Iranian Savak, General Timur Bakhtiar, whose return to Iran was demanded by Tehran government because of judicial files against him. However, the Lebanese judiciary refused to send him back to Iran, and was released from Lebanese prisons after the end of the sentence. The Iranian government announced the breaking of its relations with Lebanon on April 1, 1969, which lasted until July 16, 1971.After the re - establishment of relations, Iran exploited the sectarian religious factor in Lebanon by supporting some charitable projects for the Shiite community in Lebanon, but this work did not last long until the dispute with the presidency of the Supreme Shiite Council in Lebanon, specifically with Imam Musa al - Sadr arouse due to the presence of Mustafa Jimaran (the head of the Iranian opposition) in South Lebanon which made the Iranian government neglect the affairs of the Shiite community in Lebanon, and instead it consolidated its relations with the Christian community especially with the The Lebanese Phalanges Party (Al - Kataeb) led by Pierre Gemayel and The National Liberal Party (Ḥizb Al - Waṭaniyyīn Al - Aḥrār) led by Camille Chamoun. When the Lebanese civil war broke out the Iranian government sided with the Christian factions while the Iranian people and its religious establishments supported the Muslims through offering humanitarian aid to those affected by the civil war.Economic relations were an important aspect of the relations between the two countries. For that reason, the Iranian government held an economic treaty with Lebanon on 5 July 1956, and thus trade between the two countries increased. As for touristic relations, these were also present in the course of relations between the two countries, where a tourism treaty was signed on December 9, 1973, which led to the prosperity of the economic life of Lebanon as Lebanon depends on tourism in support of its economic budgets. In the field of cultural relations, Iran supported the cultural aspect because it viewed Lebanon as the heart of the Arab world of the cultural domain, which accelerated in the conclusion of a cultural treaty on October 17, 1956. These were the relations between the two countries at all levels during 1953 - 1979

حسن عبدالله الترابي ونشاطه السياسي والفكري في السودان حتى عام 2016 == HASSAN ABDULLAH AL - TURABI AND HIS INTELLECTUAL AND POLITICAL ACTIVITY IN SUDAN UNTIL 2016

Author name: فاطمه عبد السادة شنشول
Supervisor name: قيس جواد علي الغريري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Sudan has dramatically witnessed historical events. Such events have led to the emergence of political figures who have a great influence on Sudanese arena of politics. Such figures have motivated many researchers to study them and reveal their roles in Sudanese history. One of the most influential figures in Sudanese history is Hassan Abdullah Al - Turabi. He is a leader and thinker who has influenced contemporary Sudanese history. The study of the character of Hassan Abdullah Al - Turabi has revealed that he is a son of a prestigious family in Sudanese society. The family is famous at knowledge and religiousness. His family descends from Wad Al - Turabi village. He is a descendant of a famous mystic religious sheikh, Hamad Al - Turabi. His father is a legal judge and the first graduate of the Supreme Scientific Institute in Omdurman in 1925. Such family especially his father has influenced and shaped his personality. He travelled abroad to pursue his study in Europe where he first took Master of Law from the University of London and then Doctorate of Law from the University of Sorbonne. With these solid academic credentials, he returned to Sudan, where he became the dean of Law College at Al - Khartoum University. However, he resigned the dean office in 1964 to start his political career. His political career started by addressing a speech in a symposium held by Khartoum University to solve the Southern Sudan issue. He participated in the October Revolution. Consequently, a new era emerged in the Sudanese history called the Era of the First Democracy (1964 - 1969). Hassan Al - Turabi became the secretary general of the Islamic Charter Front and joined the Muslim Brotherhood. In 1969, Colonel Jafa'ar Al - Numeiri seized power in a coup. Al - Turabi held gradually various offices in Al - Numeiri's reign. He held the chair of a parliamentary committee to review the laws of Islamic Sharia in 1979, and then became the minister of justice and presidential consultant of foreign affairs. In 1985, an uprising broke out and consequently a new era emerged in the Sudanese history called the Era of the Second Democracy (1985 - 1989).Hassan Al - Turabi founded the National Islamic Front in 1986. In 1988, he became the deputy of the prime minster and the minister of foreign affairs in Sadiq Al - Mahdi's government. Hassan Al - Turabi is considered as the planner and implementer of the 30th July coup in 1989. The coup brought Omar Hassan Al - Bashir to the power. In 1996, Hassan Al - Turabi became the chairman of the Sudanese Parliament. He founded the party of Popular Congress and became the secretary general of the party. During his political career, Hassan Al - Turabi was detained many times by Al - Numeiri's and Al - Bashir's authorities

نوبار باشا ودوره السياسي في مصر حتى عام 1895 == Nubar Pasha and his political role in Egypt until 1895

Author name: لؤي جمعة فاضل
Supervisor name: عماد نعمة العبادي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: After studying the personality of Nubar Pasha and his political role in Egypt we can say that he was considered one of the prominent figures and active and influential in the course of the events of Egypt during the nineteenth century and although it is Armenian, but his memory remained stuck in the memory of the Egyptians has launched several labels on as many as possible His name included a street in the name of Nubar Pasha in Cairo, the Nubaria region, the Nubaria canal, the Nubari plow, the Nubari cotton, the Nubari cotton, and the Egyptian father of the peasant, let alone the most influential government positions he was assigned to, which required the experience and political skill of Nubar Pasha. The names mentioned above and the positions he has assumed reflect the fact that he had an active and influential role in the modern history of Egypt. He also received the respect of the successive governments, which did not change any of the names that confirm their appreciation for his efforts in the service of Egypt. Several factors contributed to the formation of his personality, On the political performance, including He grew up in an Armenian family that had considerable experience in administrative and commercial affairs. He studied in the schools of France and Switzerland, where he learned a lot of Western culture and foreign languages. He was married to Folek Hanim, daughter of Kevork Bek, one of the most famous Armenian families in Astana, Which facilitated Nubar Pasha's many tasks entrusted to him in addition to his good relations with foreign communities and consuls of foreign countries And then included in the functions from the time of Muhammad Ali Pasha until the reign of Abbas Hilmi II All these factors helped Nubar Pasha to form a broad knowledge of the country's political conditions, which gave him the hard ground and facilitated the performance of his functions well and able Nubar Pasha was internationally recognized as a representative of Egypt in many foreign conferences and his important international negotiations, especially during the reign of Khedive Ismail. He was fluent and spoke in many foreign languages. He was able to influence those who dealt with them and the possibility of convincing them of his point of view. Extensive experience in various administrative and political affair In spite of the great political role played by Nubar Pasha, he was criticized for establishing mixed courts. However, correspondence between him and Khedive Ismail (1863 - 1879) about its establishment confirms that his negotiations with the privileged countries were based on the wishes of Khedive Ismail and his orders And his advice to reform Egypt's deteriorating judicial system. Thus, Nubar Pasha alone is not responsible for establishing mixed courts In spite of these criticisms, Nubar Pasha considered that Egypt's independence does not depend on a concession from the high door that costs the country a heavy price, but on the strength and good management of Egypt, which in his opinion is very difficult as long as there are seventeen consulates, For the power of Khadio himself, so he started to proceed Judicial reform on the basis of unity in legislation, justice and implementation to ensure the achievement of justice for all And include the Europeans and Egyptians alike and thus prevail justice and the power of Khedive Ismael and the power of consensual consuls, but his project was not achieved because of the aspirations of European countries The courts have been subjected to numerous criticisms because their laws differ from Islamic law and are used in French, English and Italian instead of Arabic, and the presence of European judges, often characterized by favoritism to their citizens, leading to dishonesty. Moreover, most Egyptians were ignorant of the laws of these courts, which left them prey to blackmailing European moneylenders. Although these courts were manifestations of foreign influence, Therefore, Nubar Pasha is considered one of the most important figures who were characterized by nostalgia for the Egyptians, compassion for them, attention to their interests, care for their affairs and guardianship of their affairs when they confronted tyranny, corruption, nepotism, forced labor, privileges, taxes and other things. I weighed on them

الاوضاع الاقتصادية والاجتماعية في المملكة المتوكلية اليمنية 1926 - 1962 == The Social and Economical Situations in the Yemeni Mutawaqli Kingdom 1926 - 1962

Author name: ماهر محمود صالح الجبوري
Supervisor name: كريم طلال مسير الركابي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Yemeni Mutawaqli Kingdom is considered the important part of Yemeni which lies on the northern part of it. It was occupied by the Ottmon State. Many radical events took place in the time of First World War (1914 - 1918). It supports to form a political entity. So many social and economical status (1926 - 1962) is considered the natural outcome to the political of the Emam Yahya Hameed and his successive son Al - Emam Ahmed which had great effect on the nature of the Yemeni society. The following study has concluded the following findings : • The Mutawakly kingdom has founded after the fall of the Ottman kingdom (1914 - 1918)• Economically, the area of the kingdom has characterized with a fertilizing land, having availability of grains and crops that help make strong economy.• The kingdom has relied on traditional and primitive industry such as pottery dyeing colors and textiles, leather industries and sesame oil and making mats, scooping and getting little oil - drilling depending on the foreign capitals.• The trade had been deteriorated during the area of Al - Emam Yahya due to many reasons such as lack of transportation and lack of banking transactions. • The study reveals that Al - Emam Ahmed had made many reforms in the field of economical and social life and hold many contracts with Russia and Japan and some other Arabian and European countries and some American companies for the purpose of developing economy

الاوضاع الداخلية في كركوك 1958 - 1968 == The internal situations in Kirkuk 1958 - 1968

Author name: مريم محمود عيدان الجبوري
Supervisor name: حسين علي فليح الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Kirkuk Brigade is one of the most important Iraqi brigades, occupying an important strategic position in northern Iraq, making it a North - South link, As well as containing the black gold (oil), which is the greatest wealth in the world, in addition to the fact that the brigade is an important agricultural area, It includes a colorful social structure composed of different nationalities and spectrums of Turkmen, Arabs and Kurds, As well as the different religions and doctrines in which Muslims, Christ and Jews previously, all of them live together as brothers and lovers are linked with the bonds of friendship, marriage, love and brotherhood, All of this made the brigade of Kirkuk the focus of everyone's attention is the heart of Iraq's spring. During the period 1958 - 1968, the Kirkuk Brigade witnessed clear developments in all its political, social and economic situations, As the revolution of 14 July 1958 and the subsequent political events had a positive and negative impact on the brigade in particular, The political events and the political struggle for power that the country experienced during the study period had a negative effect on the Kirkuk Brigade. The results were clear in 1959 as the worst massacre in the history of the brigade, Moreover, the revolution of July 14, 1958 had positive effects on its behalf if the government undertook many urban projects in order to promote and raise the social, cultural and economic level of the country. The researcher reached the following conclusions : • As a result of a new republican regime, administrative changes were required, as some administrative units moved on the one hand, and new areas of the brigade were created as a result of the expansion of some administrative units and the increase in the number of its inhabitants.• The researcher realized that the powers of the military ruler were during the rule of Abdul Karim Qasim far more than the powers of the administrator and became all civil matters in his hand as well as that the local administration has become subject to his supervision, which made the military rule until 1963 when the arrival of Abdul Salam Aref to power canceled the post The military ruler and expanded the powers of the executive.• In the field of education and education in the brigade, the government took care of this aspect a lot and worked hard to raise the level of cultural and during the period of study and the opening and restoration of several schools within the Kirkuk Brigade, and encouraged the education of women and opened secondary schools for girls and received primary education luck, Primary schools in the brigade, This is due to the large numbers of people and the importance of education, As well as the availability of all educational services, including free education, which was an encouraging factors that prompted families to send their children to school, We also note that the number of schools opened during the reign of Abdul Salam Aref was less, as we compared in the preparation of schools opened during the reign of Abdul Karim Qasim, This is due to the lack of government allocations for the budget of education and directing it to another area to carry out other projects because of the government's sense of self - sufficiency in the preparation of schools.• In the health field, it has also received great attention from the government as many hospitals, health clinics and maternity and childhood centers were opened during the study period to raise the level of health in the brigade, The researcher also found that the number of hospitals has decreased during 1967, due to the cases of integration and cancellation of the hospitals in the brigade, as well as the government's sense of self - sufficiency in the number of hospitals opened in the brigade reduced the health budget and turned it into the military establishment.• The transport and communications sector witnessed a remarkable development within the Kirkuk Brigade as the government took care of it. It established a passenger transport service as a result of the increase of the population of the brigade during that period. It also opened many bridges and roads and provided all social services to cope with development and change to raise the social level.• Agriculture in Kirkuk was characterized by the development of the republican era as a result of modern irrigation projects, including the introduction of modern agricultural means, including mechanization, as well as the construction of dams and dams, which raised the agricultural reality, as well as the agricultural environment of Kirkuk helped improve the quality of production.• The industry, along with traditional industries, found other handicraft industries that led to the establishment of factories and factories that concentrated in the main cities of the brigade. This led to the development of the internal trade of the brigade. Kirkuk became the center of the brigade, a commercial center, which led to the emergence of commercial markets which diversified in diversified commodities and industrial products. What distinguishes the study period is the establishment of an industrial bank that took upon itself the financing of industrial projects, which resulted in the emergence of civil projects in Kirkuk

تاريخ الزهد والتصوف الاسلامي واثره في البصرة خلال القرنين الاول والثاني الهجريين

Author name: عادل اسماعيل خليل العبود
Supervisor name: خليل هاشم عباس الزويني
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

التطورات السياسية في اليمن الشمالي 1968 - 1978 == Political developments in North Yemen 1968 - 1978

Author name: سارة مكي عبد علي عباس الشمري
Supervisor name: كاظم حسن جاسم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: The tribe was one of the most powerful elements in the Yemeni cause. It had power and authority that exceeded the authority of the central government. Saudi Arabia exploited this matter and turned its attention to them because of the importance and location of Yemen to them and several regional and international countries intervened in Yemen after the fall of the monarchy. The people who took the leadership of Yemen، since the reign of the Imam and until the fall of the last leaders، were soldiers and not civilians، which had the result that they were in a clash and a permanent conflict with the authority of the tribe. The government was composed of the Presidential Council (the Revolutionary Command Council)، the ministers and the Advisory Council. The Advisory Council speaker was the elder Abdullah Bin Hussein Al - Ahmar and this had always made the government and the council in a permanent conflict. The conflict was between the government، the tribes and the elders. The elder Al - Ahmar was always the one who represented the conflict. In 1973، the Yemeni authority entered a dark path due to internal political disputes and conflicts. Abdul Rahman Al - Iryani decided to resign and agreed with the Advisory Council chairman that he would also resign. Yemen then entered a new phase، the stage of President Ibrahim Al - Hamdi. During this period، the power of the tribe was withheld and its influence removed from the army، which made the elders in enmity to Ibrahim Al - Hamdi. He was seeking to establish a civil state rather than a tribal state. When Ibrahim Al - Hamdi became the president، he took care of the army and the military rank and turned down the power influence of the tribes. The issue of unity with the South was of great interest in order to declare unity between them، but because of this policy was assassinated in a treacherous and ugly way and because of this regional and international intervention، the Yemeni people have never enjoyed the results of the revolution against the monarchy.In view of the importance of this historical period of the life of the Yemeni people from its political history، a topic was chosen for this message، which consisted initially of a prelude to Yemen's political، social and economic history before and after the revolution. The first chapter examined the period from 1968 - 1972، before Abdul Rahman al - Eryani stepped down from power to Ibrahim al - Hamdi، and the conflict between the republicans and the monarchists until the announcement of national reconciliation and the developments that took place after the declaration of reconciliation. The second chapter focuses on the causes of the conflict between the political forces and the coup done by Ibrahim al - Hamdi as well as meetings of the unity committees between Sana'a and Aden and the political differences between them، the coup of Ibrahim al - Hamdi or the June 13 corrective movement and the political parties in the era of Ibrahim al - Hamdi.The third chapter is about the political developments in 1975 - 1978 and what happened during that period، which is represented by some important events and the most important was Hamdi's assumption of power and the crime of assassination in a treacherous and ugly manner and the repercussions of the internal situation. The authority overtake of Hussein al - Khashmi and his assassination and Abdul Karim al - Arashi who overtook the power for 40 days to run the government and gave it up to Ali Abdullah Saleh.

مؤسسة الحسبة وتطورها في بلاد الشام : دراسة تاريخية من القرن الاول حتى نهاية القرن السادس الهجري == Organization of the calculation and developed her in countries of Al - Sham Historic study from horned first the century corroded Sixth Hijra

Author name: علي هادي ناجي العجيلي
Supervisor name: علي عطية شرقي الكعبي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: AL - Hesba of the calculation and developed her in countries of Al - Sham Historic study from horned first the century corroded Sixth Hijra. Address of the chapter was first he general look in organization of the calculation and inclusion of four topics the topic first : Organization of the calculation is understandable her, and her legitimacy and her importance. Inclusion of four claimants concentrated on organization of the calculation understandable and adequate convention aalqraan and the age.The topic second : Development the founded calculation in the era Islamic and inclusion of three claimant whymu'sst the grown - up calculation in era the prophecy and the succession then the oriental thought for the founded calculation in aal'islaam.'amaa the topic third and as to his address organization of the calculation in the era the emus, as for the topic fourth losing organization of the calculation in the era Al - Abbasi concentrated onAs for the chapter second his disassemblies of address is role calculated in organization the calculation inclusion of three topics first bases of choice concentrated on calculated and the second criteria followed for his choice and the topic is union members of the founded calculation last helpful identicals waalme'aawnwn.'imaa the topic third : Losing included workplace calculated and his registers. Clothes of clothes calculated and arranged his.Either the chapter third losing was his address the historic development for organization of the calculation end of the era corroded aal'aywby , and inclusion of six topics first organization of the calculation in the era aalTwlwny and the topic second organization of the calculation maabyn eras between aalTwlwnyyn waalaaxshydyn, and third organization of the calculation in countries of Al - Sham in the era aal'ixshydy and fourth organization of the calculation in countries of Al - Sham during the faatmy era and fifth : Calculated in the period between falling faaTmy and entering aalaaywbyn countries of Al - Sham and sixth organization of the calculation In countries of Al - Sham in the era aal'aywbyThe chapter comes fourth and last where applied concentrates astride while role hangs in calculated losing was complete choice of examples from position calculated in organization the calculation and inclusion of the chapter five topics first position hangs in calculated in the domain religious and the topic second position calculated while the third domain economic and the topic hangs in position calculated while the fourth domain social either the topic hangs in so indeed her position concentrated on calculated in the domain healthy either the topic fifth so position be interested in calculated while domain hangs in constructive and the analgesic.Then last and pursued and the sources and the returns The endTo this study showed several conclusions summarizes her baalaaty - 1Simple origin originated the calculation in beginning her matter shaanhaa at that Sean all position in the scientist Islamic, yet that she independent position in her does not harbor alternatives w'inmaa was mere matters in known and his kernels about repudiated .2 - Other than indeed the calculation occupied standing in the language, so she poisonous than the satisfaction, and means the good arrangement, and the satisfaction means : Ugly denial the work and the calculation from the account in meaning of accounting was formed the breath or accounting aalGyr, or accounting of Allah rose for the people. 3 - The calculation originally to Islamic sources returns her her basis aalqraan generous and modern honorable, losing increased the Quranic miracles and the prophetic interviews which orders known and ends about repudiated.

فلسفة الخلق بين الكتاب المقدس وكتب التراث الاسلامي : دراسة تحليلية == The Philosophy of Creation between the Scriptures and the Books of the Islamic Heritage

Author name: اسراء محسن داود المرعبي
Supervisor name: عمار محمد يونس الساعدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: The humanity has spent an arduous journey in search for its creator and for the foresight and purpose of its existence. Nowadays and in the past, there is a question could not have been answered by the proposed hypotheses that is why did God created the world? However, searching in the accounts and the verses of the scriptures has revealed that the vision of God in the Old Testament is incarnated in the command, in the New Testament is in the affection and in the Qur'an is in the mercy. Thus, according to the principle of relativity, Almighty God's will in the genesis cannot be precisely realized. But it seems that God's love of his creatures was behind his intent of the creation. So, God knows what else.Anyway, the destination of man in this context is represented in his following the example of God's teachings and morals for the sake of reaching the eternal happiness, the perfection and the salvation. For this reason it has been reported in the narration of the prophet Muhammed (pbuh) that "Oh people, acquire the manners and the characters of God ". Nevertheless, a Qura'nic verse provided that God said "I did not create the jinn and the humans except to worship me"1, suggests to another expression. It refers not only to an earthly worship, but, to the furthest types of cult. Hence, the worldly idols, Adam and his progeny, could have got the highest ranks in getting closer to God, in preference and honor when they could have achieved superiority over the jinns and also could have followed the righteous path till the judgment day. In addition, having been battlingQur'an : The Spreaders\ 56.their inner demons, having been engaged in Jihad Al - Nafs the sruggle against their own desires and limitations and in promoting their values and spirits, those the human line could have chosen to acknowledge to their creator at their will. Consequently, they could constantly and thankfully praised Allah.Finally, we should give the proper answers to the following questions that every person is interested in them : - Where did we come from? Why were we created? And Where are we going?. Indeed, it could be said that we have been created as a result for the divine honor of Adam by science when Allah said " And He taught Adam the names, all of them; then He represented them to the angels and said tell Me the names of these, if you are sincere."2 Therefore, we are as human creatures must represent the Godly morals and behaviors and fill the earth with love and mercy because we are the successors of Allah in his land. So, we are in a glorious march of grace and power towards winning the ever lasting paradise of the blessed havens.

العلاقات الفرنسية الايرانية 1958 - 1981 == Relation between France and Iran (1958 - 1981

Author name: صفاء جليل ثجيل
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Occupies the study of International relations great importance in the can temporary world, Especially once Regional and strategy state as Iran, and Europe state as France each located on the different continent and separate them vast distance, But a common interest brought them together and a common positions of world issues, it led to the formation of Bilateral relations Parties gathered in the several fields, as a policy, Economic, and the Health Even the Cultural sphere, Reflected the reality that the relation are not confined geographical boundaries, or a language, or a political system, or even religious ties, but subject to consideration self - interest, and ideological prespectives, to the ruling political system, and its orientations. If the International relations represent the general frame to the convergence of all forms between peoples the forging policy is occupies part bountiful from this area, it cannot be any state in the world to build relationships with the other states without paint constants and variables of forging policy and public. Lines, to be able to achieve its goals, commensurate with motives and requirements and perhaps it may result in failures, away that’s Makes it reconsider in policy and paint a new dimension for international relations and put, so the forging policy the bedrock of international relation, this is in addition to the international law, which is subject to all considerations of international relation, Iran plays a strategic role in the east making it the focus of attention of European powers in clouding France, which tried repeatedly follow multiple policies to keep pace with Iran and gain satisfaction in many periods. The study came to address the issue of the relation between France and Iran since the phase Gaullist even the Islamic republic in Iran (1958 - 1981) consisting of an intro diction and four parts and conclusion, the first chapter includes the relations in the era of DE Gaulle, and the most important controls, and the Iran and method of dealing the world, with the statement of pillars of its forging policy au France look it to. While the second quarter came to Explaining the nature of the change which happened in Iran after the white revolution and implications for the forging policy of Iran with the statement of size armament obtained by Iran of European powers, including France, pointing to the most important aspects of relations between the two countries, and their attitude towards October war 1973 and the impact on ties. Big radical evolution happened then in the contemporary history of Iran it is the outbreak of the Islamic revolution led by ayatollah Khomeini and the creative revolution doctor Ali Shariti and the nature of the position taken by France from the Islamic revolution and the revolutionary elements both within Iran or those that have resorted to pairs during the revolution including ayatollah Khomeini which what work the third chapter to coverage. Even if the Iran - Iraq war broke out after the formation of the republic shortly we find that the relations between two sides it has taken a negative chapter, especially after France's support for Iraq and arming it against Iran, and continuing its hostile policy against Iran, particularly in the period of president Mitterrand with the withdrawal of Iran its share of nuclear facilities, and the deterioration of companies responsible for funding of these projects, with a view of the causes of this war, and the position of European powers of it. Of course, the relations between them have seen this fluctuation according to the dictates of international conditions, that is still to this day sets define paths of war and war and peace in the world.

الوزارات المستحدثة واثرها في الواقعين الاقتصادي والاجتماعي للعراق 1958 - 1963 == The Effect of Created Ministries on the Economic and social Aspects in Iraq 1958 - 1963

Author name: سعد عبد الواحد عبد الخضر
Supervisor name: حسن علي عبد الله السماك
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Qadisiyah
First pages:
Abstract: The newly formed ministries in Iraq for the period from 1959 to 1963 represented the most comprehensive changes in the economic and social aspects. Thus, we can say that the July 14 th is a real revolution and not a military coup through its achievements in the advancement of the society. When laws were enacted, No. 74 of 1959, which included the creation of seven ministries, namely the Ministry of Agrarian Reform, the Ministry of Industry, the Ministry of Oil, the Ministry of Planning, the Ministry of Works and Housing, the Ministry of Municipalities and the Ministry of Commerce and The Ministry of Agrarian Reform came to implement the Law of Agrarian Reform No. 30 of 1958, which resulted in the identification of agricultural property, seeking to raise the level of agricultural farmers, establishing agricultural associations and agricultural cooperatives. In order to address the housing crisis in cities, following the increase of migration from rural to urban, the Ministry of Works and Housing In the cities and the need for different services, the Ministry of Municipalities was established. In order to follow up the factories and factories that the agreements with the Soviet Union and the socialist countries undertook to establish in Iraq, the Ministry of Agriculture, In order to control the oil wealth and exploit its revenues to increase national income and provide social services such as health, education, housing and raising the standard of living for individuals, the Ministry of Oil, which entered into negotiations with foreign oil companies operating in Iraq, issued Law No. 80 of 1961, which freed 99.5% Iraqi control of foreign companies.The government followed the policy of economic planning to achieve balance in all sectors of the national economy. The Ministry of Planning, after the abolition of the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of Economy, and for the purpose of regulating the import and export process and make it consistent with the philosophy of the state and was serious in converting the citizen to a product more than consumer and limited consumption on the necessary materials and Iraq's trade with thecountries of the world, introduced the Ministry of Commerce, which sought to protect the citizen from exploitation when the adoption of the Government Sales Authorityand welfare.Department of research to the introduction and four chapters and conclusion, the first chapter dealt with the Iraqi Republic and directly the ministries of the Royal Covenant, The second chapter deals with the rapid social developments and their impact on the development of new ministries. The third chapter deals with agreements of technical and economic cooperation with the former Soviet Union and the countries of the socialist camp and the development of ministries to follow up their implementation. The fourth chapter sought to examine Iraq's foreign policy and its effect in developing new economic policies. The results of the study and analysis of the work of the ministries in the period of research, The researcher relied on a variety of sources, including unpublished documents kept in the library and documents of files of the royal court and the files of the Council of Sovereignty and administrative reports and the files of some ministries, then the published documents, the government publications issued by the ministries and publications of the Ministry of Guidance and publications of the Ministry of Justice, Industry and the Secretariat of the Capital, And then come letters and university papers and memos and many books of Arabic and Arab and some foreign books as well as the use of several periodicals, especially magazines and newspapers issued during that period, which was filled by the thesis and the list of sources and has been used for the researcher analytical approach as a method of work and I put the finishing touches in my dissertation, I did not claim that it is free of lapses and delusions because the perfect God only and finally put this dissertation in the hands of my distinguished professors and members of the discussion committee. I hope that their corrections will have a great role to reach the dissertation

اهل الحديث في العراق ودورهم في الحركة الفكرية في العصر العباسي الاول 132 - 334 هـ / 749 - 945 م

Author name: ناهضة مطر حسن
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:

التجيبون في الاندلس ودورهم السياسي والفكري في الفتح حتى منتصف القرن السادس الهجري

Author name: فؤاد حسين علي التميمي
Supervisor name: مجيد ماجد محمد الزامل
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The pages of the thesis introduce some of the Andalus historical facets for Tojibis represent a part of this is history. This study endeavours to show the position of Tojibis in Andalus and motivate the scolars to study the Arab families and charactors in Andalus because any new study will introduce new information and facts to the Andalus library.Tojibis had a political and scintific role in Andalus since the Arab conquest till the middle of Hijri sixth century.This is a cause that made the scholas study this subject and trace this contribution of the Tojibis to this period.And because this period witnessed a political activity from Tojibis which ended in Almeria in 484 A.H/1091 A.D.The Tojibis scintific role lasted till the middle of the Hijri sixth century. The period that followed the death of some scientists like Mohammad bin Ahmed known as ibn AlHaj died in 529 A.H. / 1134 A.D., Ibn Baja - Mohammad bin Yahya died in 533 A.H/ 1138 A.D., Ahmed bin Abdul Rehman bin Eissa died in 563 A.H/ 1167 A.D doesn't witnessed emergence of scientist of that kind.There is no an independent study about Tojibis in Andalus except some references in M.A. thesis named "Al thaghr Al Aa'la Al Andalusi" "The upper frontier of Andalus. A study of political states from 95 - 316 A.H/ 714 - 928 A.D" written by Ibrahim Al samarai and some references as well about their settlement in Andalus in "Islamic Arab conquest and settlement in Andalus and north Africa"; A book written by Dr. Abdulwahid Thanoon Taha. There is a written by Dr. Mariam Qassim Taweel "The Kingdoom of Almeria of the era of Al mu'tasim bin Sumadih 443 - 484 A.H/ 1051 - 1091 A.D.".What is remarkable that the researcher made arrangements of the biographies according to their alphabet order when he studies the contribution of the Tojibis to the scientific process.This study in volves four chapters in addition to a production : Chapter one is divided in to three parts. The first part studies the origin of Tojibis and their contribution to conquest of Andalus then I studied the Tojibian Salamas in Huesca.The third part in volves the political role of Tojibis in the upper frontier through the principality 138 - 316 A.H/ 755 - 928 A.D., the caliphate era (316 - 422 A.H/ 928 - 1030 A.D) and what is called "the states of sacts" era 422 - 484 A.H/ 1041/1091 A.D.Chapter two is dedicated for religious studies which has something to do with Holy Quran. These studies involves reading and interpretation sciences. Then I took the Holy Hadith of Prophet Mohammad, of "AlRai" who have their own opinion to under stand and explain the Holy Quran and Hadith, matter of religious instructions, science of documents and finally some other Tajibis biographies.Chapter three is indicated for Arabic language studies including grammar and literature. Literature in volves poetry and prose. Prose, as well, includes oration letters and then I mentioned the Tojibis who had their own role in prose field and finally eloquency come.Chapter four includes rationalism and experimentalism that involve philosophy, medicine, engineering, history biographies and music. This study admitted a group of modern Arabic resources and others trduslated from another languages Arabic. Searches, assays, letters these and other foreign resources are available in this chapter as well.In conclusion : I reach some conclusions the most important of them one : Tojib tribe is one of Arab tribes that contributed to the Andalus conquest.Mousa bin Nossair's compaign implied so many leaders and officers of this tribe. Tojib tribe settled in the northern east of Andalus particulary in Saragossa, Droca, Huesca, Calatayoub and Almeria as well. Two families of this tribe emerged on the political stage. The first family of Abdul Rehman Al Tojibi appeared at the upper frontier. The second one is the family of sumadih in Almeria. The Tojibis role is not reduced to the political side but extended to scientific and religious life as well. Al Baji was one of the famous scholars among Tojibis in Andalus. Religious men such as Abu lzhaq Al albiri interested in poetry and philosophy as well. Al zarqali and other scientists that contributed to the scientific movement in Andalus

الحياة الاجتماعية في بلاد الشام قبل الاسلام

Author name: زينب خليل محمد المعموري
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The social life in the northern region p e - Islam is considered among the vital and in important subjects that deserves disccusion and study as such subjrcts are considered the basic pillar to be aware of the nature of human and social life that prevailed that area , if we want to display the most important results which we conclude at this study , the following points will appear : 1. Numerous people and nations that belong to pure Arab races had in habited the northern region , the best proof of this is the Arabic names which we receive that thay named such as Hanafi , Saeed and the Arabic names of their kings such as AL - Hareth I , king of Nabatean , Uthayna , king of palmyra and AL - Hareth bin Jabala , the prince of Ghassasina , among those rations are Nabateans , palmyras and Ghassasina as they migrated from different areas due to economical commercial or political reasons in order to hold political alliances , as those people had great role and impact in rising and promoting the civilzation at this region . 2. Those people were able to establish their kingdoms at the territories where they lived such as Nabatean kingdom which was arosenat Transjordan and Ghassasina kingdom in Damascus due to their cultural and educational developing . 3. These kingdoms had had ruling systems organized democraticly based on foundations and principles usually led by the king as monarchy was usually restricted at one family and the king was practicing leadership and ruling responsibilities commonly with the people and this what was happening with the kings of Nabateans , as the king of Nabatean was submitting a complete statement of his work in front of the people . In respect to kings of Ghassasina , they weren’t practicing the responsibilities of leadership freely , but they were undertaking consultation base as the kings were consulting leading personalities of his people about important matters , then their ruling system had changed gradually from chieftain system to monarchy . 4. They had also the system of political establishments which were controlling the affairs inside the kingdom such as Daimus and poli councils especially in palmyra kingdom as they had had establishments contained civil servants for finance and a civil servant responsible for markets , there was the official who was responsible for arbitrating and other jobs . This refers to the extent of developing and progress which their establishments had reached at that period . 5. Various class formations had appeared due to the economical and commercial Flourishing which the people of these kingdoms had reached , so there were the very rich aristocratic class inside Nabatean and palmyra , the middle class and there was also the poor class , which point that the classic formation of their society was organized according to pyramidal succession from the highest to the lowest as it is at our to day society . 6. Woman had a distinct role in building the kingdom , this is what we obviously see in Palmyra and the impact of Zanobia in practicing leadership as the ruling of Zanobia had extended to east territories . 7. The commercial and industrial activities had reached a progress stage due to the nature of their country and its situation which helped them to control the commercial roads that passing their country especially Nabatean and palmyra which led to prominence of cultural , and social aspects and economical prosperity and flourishing as they had known developed industries such as lamps and statues industries and mintage , they were skillful also in decoration . 8. They were fond of and interested in selecting the best types of bragging clothes as their kings were wearing the most bragging clothes made of silk and linen which were embroidered with gold and precious stones and they were perfuming with the best quality of perfume types and their women also were fond of selecting the most beautiful types of cosmatics and pieces of jewelry , what indicate the progress of their goldsmithing is what they were working in pieces of jewelry and gems of Nabatean,s women 9. Various types of separated houses that encarved in big rocks had appeared especially in Nabatean , while the houses of palmyre were built like the houses of rich people at the present time A number of remains which indicate their using of farniture , sofas and chairs in their houses as it is in our houses to day had appeared , this remark the range of their architectural progress in building and arranging their houses . 10. In respect to their marriage , cases of mirrage with the strangers , specially marriage of jewish had appeared , this was at the upper class of Nabatean society , this marriage was occurred due to political impetus this palmyras got married of each other , this marriage often occured at early age . 11. They also had their special feast days , the palmyras in particular as they considered April 6 the most famous religious feast of them and AL - Shaaneen day which the Ghassasina celebrated . 12. As far to their dead and burying them , they had their own customs and ritual to burg them which indicate their respect to them . 13. Religions and worships varied among the people of northern region which some of them had come from Arab peninsula and others from Iraq , so the worship of idols , stars and sun , paganism and christianity had also appeared . The number of idols of palmyras had reached 60 but some worshiped the idols while other embraced christianity . performing these religious rituals were associated with some traditional customs like reading Mass , presenting immolations and votive offering which often were of butching meat . finally , we have to say that the results which we conclude may not be final because knowledage is in continuous progress , but I wish I was successful to pay great attention to the theme of this study and to be of great useful to every one wants to know the nature of social life of northern region’s people including scholars , educated and specialists with Regards .

تاريخ الاسلام في كتاب تاريخ مار ميخائيل السرياني الكبير بطريرك انطاكية حتى نهاية العصر الراشدي == History of Islam in the book of ‎the history of St. Michael the ‎ Great Syriac Patriarch of ‎Antioch until the end ‎ of the Rashidi era

Author name: فاطمة يوسف عباس السعدي
Supervisor name: زمان عبيد وناس | نـعـيـم عـبـد جـودة
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: Despite the contemporary Syriac historical events and recorded them in time, but we note many gaps and errors in the transfer of the historical event of St. Michael, some were deliberate and others inadvertently, and we will highlight the most important results we reached through this study : 1. Writing his book was motivated by religious, he addresses the audience of Christians of the East in the first degree and the audience of his church in the second degree.2. Adoption of the patterns of Byzantine yearbooks, followed by a special method in the classification of his book, combining the history of religious as stated in the Bible and the Byzantine yearbooks.3. Dry construction methods are not adopted.4. Michael was influenced by the Arab methods, and he quoted the methods of arranging the articles of his history and limiting them within specific years confined to the rule of the King, Khalifa or Sultan.5. The attribution was not mentioned in the events and replaced by the church fathers, scientists and historians.6. It is not based on Arab historians.7. Adopt the short and direct method of narration without going into details.8. History of the military aspect in the history of the Arab Islamic state, especially the Islamic conquests, and did not address the other aspects : civilization, culture, social status, economic situation and other aspects of life.9. The control of his saying of the divine punishment on his tendency to transfer the Syriac novel to the news of Al - Futuh.10. Accusing Islam of being a religion borrowed from Judaism and Christianity.11. Michael attributes the establishment of the Islamic state to war, murder, pillage and vandalism, and that Islam is based on the sword, and then we see it contradicts itself from this aspect in its history. We see elsewhere in his book that the Islamic religion and other religions did not interfere In matters of faith.12. He deliberately concealed many facts about certain things such as the tribute imposed on the people of Dhimah, which he referred only to its imposition, and did not mention its reasons, purpose and conditions, in order to emphasize that Islam is a religion of greed and greed whose purpose is material benefit.13. A comparison between Islam and Christ, and we see it sometimes in his presentation of the view of Islam to Christ and sometimes make mistakes.14. Many of the topics he talks about directly and without giving introductions to clarify the subject, we refer to the death of the Prophet  directly and without any introductions, and without mentioning the year of his death  or any other events in this regard, (7 years), and did not succeed in that years of the rule of the Prophet  more than seven years.15. He did not mention the old caliphate, its details, and how it was established at the time. It merely states that Abu Bakr is behind the Prophet in the ruling, and then mentions the death of Khalifa and another ruling.16. He addressed the Islamic conquests and the battles that took place during them, without mentioning the name of the battle, merely mentioning the events and the place where they occurred.17. Most of the names of the leaders of the Islamic armies did not mention them correctly, because it tells the events of the conquest of the Byzantine side.18. He referred to natural phenomena such as earthquakes and eclipses, but he did not succeed in mentioning them correctly and often see him exaggerating the story of events.19. He referred to the translation of the Gospel in the time of Caliph Umar ibn al - Khattab, but we found no reference to that translation in the Arab historical accounts, which may be an attempt to translate and not complete.20. Michael concluded his talk about the Rashidi era by referring to the scene of the fire in the reign of Ali bin Abi Talib, for the purpose of stating that Islam is only a religion of fighting and wars

نشاة وتطور التعليم في دولة الامارات العربية المتحدة (1971 - 1991) : دراسة تاريخية

Author name: بلسم سالم داود
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) في كتاب الطبقات الكبير لمحمد بن سعد ت230ه == Imam Hussein in Great classes book of Muhammad bn Saad(230 H.D)

Author name: سالم لذيذ والي الغزي
Supervisor name: شكري ناصر عبد الحسن المياحي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Praise be to Allah, Lord of the worlds and peace and blessings be upon our master Muhammad and his good and pure family. Of the well - known that Imam Hussein had played a major and pivotal role in the events of Islamic history. This role has had a great and wide impact all over the globe to this day . Many historians took up his revolution and his biography according to their method and intention , some of them , used the summary, others used details . Among them was Mohammed bin Saad al - Basri ( 230 H.D \ 844 A.D) , the fact that this author was known in leadership in writing history of the first and second centuries A H . moreover, his book " great classes book of Ibn Saad " is one of the first books that classified in the strata of the companionsand those who came after them until his time. Although the book has been printed several times since 1904 AD, but all these editions have been removed from the translation of Imam Hussein , and the information of the book did not appear to the scholars, researchers and readers only after one hundred year after its printing. So scholar thought it had not translated about Imam Hussein.The study included a preface, five chapters and conclusion . The boot came to show the author and his writing in general , his book and the general classes in particular , which include the resources and methodology of Imam Hussein. The first chapter included three topics dealing with social dimensions, worship and politics , which focused on his birth, name , sons and his wives. The second chapter included Imam Hussein's preface to the event through his dealings with the Amawyeen authorities and his supports and Shiites and the transmission of books and messengers and how to deal with the obstacles that faced his revolution.B As well as his way of responding to those who were advised by those who differed the ways of thinking, which most mentioned Ibn Saad . that Imam Hussein used several methods to respond to them. The third chapter the writer focus on the armed options in the revolution and how he faced enemies , which included his arrival in Karbala and his killing and martyrdom with his all family. The fourth chapter explained the implications of Husseiniya Revote on the Amawyeen and Islamic societies, and how this led to the destruction of the rule of Umayyads. The fifth chapter focused on the importance of Ibn Saad's novel in historical sources which indicated the importance of his novel to historians, who were in his time or who came from beyond. Including Ibn Asakir in his book " History of Damascus " and Sibtt bin Jawzi in his book " Reminding Characteristics " . the conclusion showed the most important results reached by the researcher.Adopted the study on two hundred and sixty major source and secondary references .In conclusion, this effort modest is an attempt to define the character sacrificed everything for the defense of religion and save the nation of injustice and slavery.

تجارة البحر الاحمر خلال العصر العباسي

Supervisor name: خاشع عيادة المعاضيدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Language: Arabic
First pages:

عبد الله بن جعفر بن ابي طالب عليه السلام 1 - 80هـ / 622 - 700م : دراسة في حياته العامة

Author name: انور عبد علي حميد
Supervisor name: ابراهيم جدوع محسن السلمي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

الحياة الاسرية لائمة اهل البيت (عليهم السلام)

Author name: مها عبد الله نجم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

احمد عبد الهادي الحبوبي ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام 2003 == Ahmed Abdul Hadi Al Habbobi and his political activity until 2003

Author name: ثناء عبد الحسين جابر
Supervisor name: عماد نعمة العبادي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: History of contemporary Iraq witnessed historical events have led to the emergence of several political personalities have an impact on the change of the events which require study of these characters and see their outstanding role to their appearance in the Iraqi arena, its impact on the audiences that are the cornerstone of history, and that in itself is reason to know the characters that influenced the mass medium and the reason to make historical events over the years ago. Among the most prominent of those characters that left vast echo in Iraqi arena Ahmed Abdul Hadi Al Habbobi a political activist and former Minister in the Republican era II 1963 - 1968 and is one of the most veteran figures who synchronize Iraq events since royal era until US occupation of Iraq in 2003. After studying the character of Ahmed Al Habbobi and tracing his political activity , turned out several of the following; - The family of Ahmed Al Habbobi is from the known Najaf families as the Arab character involving many men of science and literature and the clergy and was notably his uncle Said Mohamed Saeed Al Habbobi, and all those - prominent characters that left clear impact on his personality and influenced by national and Arab character ,regarded as prominent character for this prominent family. - City of Najaf left an impact among her sons sprit through the love of science and culture and language eloquence and eloquence of speech and Instilling in the population the love of country and defended and left national impact , including Ahmed Al Habbobi. - He Joined to the party of independence in 1946, after being briefed on his national objectives, and his admiration with Sheikh Mohamed Mahdi Kubba personality ,Independence Party Chairman who had a deep connection with his uncle Mr. Mohamed Saeed Al Habbobi, aware that the party objectives meet his aspirations and ambitious to achieve the national goals and the full independence of Iraq. - He shared with his colleges students in January 1948 leap and student demonstrations in 1952 and subjected to prosecution by the police and managed to disappear and he returned to Najaf city after the situation calmed . In the same year he contributed to the formation of the National Youth Bureau in Najaf with Sheik Ahmed Al Jazaeri where he is careful to his city sons in the drift of the current communist regime and worked hard to earn the national mainstream youth. - From the leading roles, most notably that were one of the reasons for the emergence of Ahmed Al Habbobi in the political arena through his leadership of the Najaf uprising in 1956 that came out after thetripartite aggression against Egypt, was an uprising in favor and supportive of Egypt and opposed to aggression. - He was one of the a participant in the Najaf delegation that celebrated 14 July revolution ,1958 and delivered a speech expressing the joy of Iraqi people who hoped that a new era in the history of modern Iraq. - After the revolution subjected to harassment and assault by communists who trespass on his office and lit it on fire after he came out in a procession to commemorate the death of Prophet Mohamed (prayer of God be upon him and his family and peace), after that he decided to leave to Saudi Arabia to avoid the arrest. - He returned to Iraq after the coup of 8 February 1963, to participate in the activities of the Socialist Arab Party after he announced his affiliation, for his ethics and his qualities which marked , add to that he nominated to the political Bureau of the Socialist Arab Party and mandated to him the work and coordination between the provinces and all lines of the party. - In 1965 had a position as Minister of municipal and Rural Affairs in the second ministry of Tahir Yahya ,where he lasted (40) days after opposing the Arab Socialist Party members on his participation in the Government, and the failure of Abdul Salam Arif with his promise to form a real national Government, he preferred to resign to maintain his status and identity.

الحيوان في الفكر العربي حتى عام 11 هجرية/ 632 ميلادية : دراسة تاريخية == Animals in the Arabic Thought up to 11 Hijri

Author name: عماد عمران عبيد ابو حديدة
Supervisor name: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: Animals had a great value to the Arabs when compared with anything else if the horses excluded, for it was called the fortune. The word fortune' that Arabs used meant the camels. They measured the tribe's power and dignity with the number of camels obtained by the tribe. The more number means the more importance to the tribe. It was at the same time, cost to happiness sadness. The bride's dowry was a number of female camels and her value is measured with their increasing camels number Abla's story is well known for all when her father limited one hundred female camels to her dowry. Thus, camel were cost stop blood and to pay unintended killing according to what the people decide or agree at that time. Camels were the Arabs companion since a long time. They were the desert ship and life artery as well as they were basis to his poem, oration, poetry, living source, transportation means, and the war equipment. Camels were mentioned in the old holy books. In the Bible, we find that Sheba's queen came to Salmon in a very great convoy o camels carrying perfumes, gold, and precious stones. Due to the animals importance in the holy Quran, we mention according to the time priority : 1) The wisdom behind mentioning crow in the Adam's prophet story save other animals2) The cow : the cow was mentioned in the holy Quran. It is the longest sura and named by this name 3) The wolf : it is the story of our prophet Yousif.4) The hoopoe, it is the Sheba's queen story and the prophet Salmon 5) The prophet Salih's story and his she camel.6) The story of Salmon' ant 7) The story of Mose's stick 8) The story of the seven sleepers of Ephesus and their dog 9) The story of Younis whale10) The story of Cave's spider11) The story of Ibraham's bird 12) The elephant story 13) The story of the prophet Mohammed's she camel, Al Qeswa'a The camel was mentioned in the holy Quran when this comparison followed by raising the heaven. This refers to the high creativity of this creature There are suras in the holy Quran named by animals names and their private attributes indicating to them save other beasts as ( carriage, beds, body, riding, sacrifice). In the Cattle sura (verse 143) " And of the cattle (He produceth) some for burdens, some for food. Eat of that which Allah hath bestowed upon you, and follow not the footsteps of the devil, for lo! he is an open foe to you.". In the Pilgrimage (verse 36)" And the camels! We have appointed them among the ceremonies of Allah. Therein ye have much good ". so, the camels is the plural of camel which is the camel. It was named so for its great body In the Folding Up "And when the camels big with young are abandoned" The word " the camel" was mentioned in seven Ayas in the Quran, three times in the Cow Sura (Aya 196), three times in the Table Spread (Ayas 95, 97), and in one time in the Victory (A ya 25), the Camels were also mentioned. The first thing that calls sight in the chaste prophet biography is the prophet saying camels are pride to its owners" The prophet recommended the care with camels when he said "if you pass through green land, let camels take their chance and if you pass throughr mountainous land try to accelerate" Thus, this clear case that green land is for grazing while in dryness it should not stay for long time. History mentioned some famous camels such as 1) Al Besous she camel.2) Khelou Bin Rouhi : has a famous story that Arabs described in their tales( if it becomes pregnant, it will be heavy; if it walks, it has long steps; if it is slaughtered, it satisfied; and if it is milked, it quenches the thirst) The prophet was true when he said ( camels are pride to its owners, sheep are blessing, and the good is within horses till the doom day).Islam honored horses and camels mentioning their great importance as a symbol. Power, and a means to declare the divine message and conveying sciences and knowledge to the liberated lands. Thus, horses, camels, and other animals became a means where muslims knights rode to liberate the world Finally, I could prove with this modest effort through my study and research for this topic (Animals in the Arabic Thought up to 11 Hiji) the decisive evidence between the readers and generations that Arabs and Islamic nation could enrich humanity with science and support with schoiars. This was a decisive answer with Quranic proofs and prophet speeches implying images of creation and Quranic miraculous of the animals sura which form the basic significance in the human life till our present time Arab nation and Islamic nation, through holy Quran suras and the prophet speeches preceded the animals right in the Quran and the prophet speeches that indicates the Arabs and muslims preceded the west in the animals right. In this concern, poets wrote poems, proverbs were established, with many military, economic, commercial, and psychological uses. The current paper is also an answer to those who deny the Arab nation as a nation of the holy Quran that descended in their Arabic language as anilliterate nation that has no science and scholars. By this modest effort, I prove through my study and searching this topic, the Arabs and muslims role who preceded all nations in their sciences including zoology. This was stated before time and history witnesses this mentioning the advanced construction of science and scholars llah to raise troubles from my nation and to save my country from occupation I ask a which targeted sciences, scholars, and culture, that zoology is a colour among others. I ended this by Allah sura Iraham : Deem not that Allah is unaware of what the wicked do He but giveth them a respite till a day when eyes will stre (in terror),(42) As they come hurrying on in fear, their heads upraised, their gaze hearts as air. (43) And warn mankind of a day when the doom will come upon them, and those who did wrong will say : Our Lord! Reprieve us for a little while. We will obey Thy call and will follow the messengers. (It will be answered) : Did ye not swear before that there would be no end for you? (44) And (have ye not) dwelt in the dwellings of those who wronged themselves (of old) and (hath it not) become plain to you how We dealt with them and made examples for you? (45)

الموالي في العراق دراسة في احوالهم العامة حتى سنة (132 هـ) == The pro - Iraq study in their general conditions until the year (132 AH

Author name: سوسن عباس حسين الجابري
Supervisor name: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: The Mawali (non - Arab Muslim allies) represented one influential factor in the Arabic - Islamic community. The significant intellectual achievements they left in diverse sciences and arts, especially the religious and the literary, made them a salient signpost.The term "Mawali" appeared before Islam due to the circumstances that prevailed as a result of the wars that swept the Arabian Peninsula. However, it prevailed after non - Arabs converted to Islam; those came to be known as "Mawali". The Arabic singular "Mawla" also referred to an Arab alley, a usage that diversified the meaning of alliance. There is a significant amount of research on the Mawali. Researchers investigated the social and economic aspects of their life as well as their political role, in addition to their intellectual achievements. The Gharrawi study put a detailed bibliography on the names of authors who tackled the intellectual influence of the Mawali during the Ummayad Era. The study included the Mawali all over the Arab Islamic State. In this study, the researcher investigates their intellectual influence in Iraq; shedding light on their contribution as a group which was said to be marginalized and whose simple humanitarian rights were denied, as such, they resorted to make up the inferiority by excelling intellectually. The researcher presents a positive picture of the Mawali's intellectual activities since the Early Islamic Era until the end of the Umayyad Era.The study consists of five chapters with an introduction, conclusion, and a list of bibliography. The meaning of the term "Mawali" is explained in chapter one, with the Mawali's social and economic life. Chapter two is entitled The Influence of the Mawali in the Religious Sciences, these sciences include the sciences of the Quran, interpretation, Quranic readings, prophetic tradition (Hadith), and Kalam (Islamic scholastic theology). In chapter three tackles the Mawali's contribution to the military, while chapter four examines their achievement in the social sciences like the Arabic language and the science of Qasas (Quranic stories). And chapter five focuses on the Mawali's most important administrative positions after the Umayyads policy change because of their need for the Mawali's services, administrative and leadership skills. This had led to the Ummayads assigning important and critical roles to them; roles which were assigned only to the loyal members of the Ummayad house.

اثار الثورة الصناعية في اوضاع الطبقة العاملة بالمدن الصناعية البريطانية 1837 - 1901 == The effects of the Industrial Revolution on the conditions of the working class in British industrial cities (1837 - 1901)

Author name: هديل حسن قاسم الياسري
Supervisor name: حيدر صبري شاكر الخيقاني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis dealt with the study of the effects of the industrial revolution on the conditions of the working class in British industrial cities during the Victorian era (1837 - 1901), and was divided into an introduction, a prelude, four chapters and an end.The prelude to the emergence of industrial revolution in Britain during the second half of the eighteenth century, showing the theories of the pioneers of economic thought and its impact on the growth of consciousness of the working class before 1837.The first chapter examined the effects of the industrial revolution on the working class conditions until 1837, and included three aspects : The first topic dealt with the challenges faced by the working class in industrial cities prior to the Victorian era. The second section explained the exploitation of workers by employers, While the third topic is devoted to highlighting the role of trade unions in demanding the rights of workers.The second chapter deals with the role of the working class in establishing the documentary movement and the government's position on the struggle of workers and their suffering until 1848, and divided into three sections. The first topic explained the factors that led to the establishment of the working class by the working class. (1839 - 1848), and the third section of the British government's legislation to improve working class conditions (1842 - 1848).IIThe third chapter deals with the economic and social effects of the industrial revolution on the working class and the reactions thereof during the period (1848 - 1881). It included two topics : The first topic dealt with the study of the suffering of workers from the hardships of living and working conditions during the period (1848 - 1881) The laws of factories issued during the period (1850 - 1881) and their effect on improving working conditions.Chapter Four traces the economic and political developments on the ideology of the working class and its political orientations during the period (1881 - 1901). It included three aspects : The first topic dealt with the role of the working class in the formation of the Socialist Unions and Societies during the period 1881 - 1893. Who worked on the establishment of the Independent Labor Party (1893). The third topic explained the role of the working class in the establishment of the British Labor Party and its political activity during the period (1900 - 1901(.The conclusion highlighted the most important results achieved through the study, including the role of the working class in the development of industry in Britain during the Victorian era, the great suffering suffered by the working class due to exploitation by the owners of factories and capitalists, and the establishment of the working class to establish trade unions and socialist unions and political parties In order to demand their rights and success in forcing the legislative and executive authorities to respond to their demands.

محمد الجسر ودوره السياسي والاداري في لبنان حتى عام 1934 م

Author name: عبد الخالق محمد عبد
Supervisor name: قحطان حميد كاظم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:

مصر وبلاد الشام في عصر دولة المماليك البحرية من خلال كتب الرحالة والبلدانيين : دراسة في الحياة العامة (648 - 784هـ/1250 - 1382م) == Egypt and Sham in Mamluke Naval State Era Through Travelers and Statemen Books : A Study in the General Life ( 1382 - 1250 AD / 648 - 784 H )

Author name: عبد الحكيم صالح عبد القادر
Supervisor name: محمود فياض حمادي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:
Abstract: This study includes five chapters with different number of pages for each due to the information each one has. Chapter one deals with shedding light on Mamluke and the reason why they are named as such and on their origins. It also deals with how they came to the Islamic world and to the Arab Homeland in general ad to Egypt in particular. Besides, this chapter focus on how they appeared in the political setting and how they saved the Islamic world from Mangol and how faced their army who destroyed everything they passed - by without mercilessly. It also covers the restoration of the Abbasside Caliph and moving it from Baghdad into Egypt after it was invaded by Mangol in 656 H. The second chapter covers the political and administrative sides during Mamluke era . It also covers the highest posts in Mamluke state , their salaries and sultan's gifts for them. Chapter three is dedicated to the economic and social sides like agriculture , industry , minerals , trade , scales , rivers , lakes , gulfs , bridges building and growing some of the plants. This chapter makes a mention for the existence of some minerals in these regions. It focuses on the social side in Egypt and Sham which demonstrates their clothes and chevrons which they were wearing when sultan was out or in Fridays or in Ceremonies. Chapter four is about the scientific and intellectual sides in the Mamluke naval state. It covers some of the science and scientists. It also makes a mention for the schools and the interest mamluke showed to encourage the scientists and scholars when they tended to gift them. Finally, chapter five encompasses the religious side . It covers how Mamluke were interested in building mosques and the pillars that were hanging the covering of the Kaaba. It also sheds light on the interest in pilgrims and how they were facilitating their caravans as led by one of the princes chosen by sultan for that mission in a great ceremony. It shows how sultan helped those pilgrims who were unable to afford pilgrimage expenses and costs and those who were handicapped to carry them to Hejaz with great protection.

غوستاف ستريزمان واثره في السياسة الالمانية 1878 - 1929 == Gustav Stresemann and His impact on the German Policy (1878 - 1929)

Author name: لــؤي تـوفيق حسن
Supervisor name: منتهى عذاب ذويب
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:
Abstract: Studying historical figures and their impact on different fields is regarded as one of the important studies for understanding different historical events that lead to economic, social, political, and intellectual developments. On this basis, the topic of this study was "Gustav Streseman and His impact on the German Policy (1878 - 1929)" for shedding the light on this important figure in the modern and contemporary history of Germany. He saved no effort to get Germany out of its international isolation and building relations with European countries based on peace and respect ,especially with France regarding the interests of his country. This choice was also made by the encouragement of my respectful professor Dr. Muntaha Athaab and her support in studying European history.The study consisted of an introduction, four chapters, and a conclusion that contained the most important findings of the study. The first chapter discussed the social and intellectual life of Streseman as well as his early political work. It talked about his birth and the family he descended from, his education in the different stages, his mentors. It also discussed his life in university and the emergence of his political tendency by entering the field of politics and joining the National Liberal Party, then, his election as a member in the Reichstag and the chairmanship of the economic committee until 1912.The second chapter discussed Streseman's role in the National Liberal Party and the Reichstag 1912 - 1918. It started by stating the role of Streseman in the party and heading the economic committee as well as winning second term in the Reichstag in 1914 and his second heading of the economic committee. It also discussed his attitude towards Germany's declaring of war against France in 1914. It also highlighted his role in the Reichstag in making amendments in the German constitution, and resolving the crisis of 1917.The third chapter investigated the role of Streseman in the Peoples Party, Reichstag and Chancellery between 1918 - 1923. It included his stand in the coup of Berlin in 1918 and his political stands in the Peoples Party 1919 - 1922. This chapter also illustrated his political role in heading the foreign affairs committee in the Reichstag until becoming the chancellor in 1923, as well as his chancellorship in August 1923 and his internal policy through the reformative decisions he made; his campaigns against the communists in different places in Germany; and his foreign policy with France in resolving the invasion of the Ruhr region.The fourth chapter focused on the role of Streseman in the foreign policy of his country in his foreign ministry 1923 - 1929 which is the year of his death as well as his role in the Peoples Party. The chapter highlighted his efforts in resolving the problem of compensations with France and the rejection of the Geneva Protocol project proposed by France to ensure its boarders with Germany. This chapter also discussed his political role and efforts in establishing Locarno Convention until his death in 1929. The study has reached the following conclusions : 1. The attention that Streseman had by his family, their adherence that he should continue his study made him a good reader and curious which led to excellency, admiration of his mentors, his high self - esteem, the passion to renew and change, and later, fame.2. The beginnings of his intellectual awareness were his observations of the disadvantages and advantages of religious men and their exploitation of people under the cover of religion. On this basis, he believed that the religious men should not interfere with politics. After he joined the university, the idea of entering the field of politics became to crystalize in his mind. After he became interested in politics and intellectuality, he began studying history very carefully, especially the history of Germany. After he studied the personality of Bismarck, he became interested in him and learned a lot from him. This was obvious in his policy (as will be shown in the study).3. Through his study of the history of Germany and the policy of Bismarck, Streseman realized the importance of economy for every country in the world. This is why he studied political economics in his masters and doctorate degrees as he believed in the necessity of developing and pushing the German economy forward to achieve development in all the aspects and resolve many social problems, especially the poor class. 4. Streseman also realized that developing economy needs political stability of his country and solving the problems with France like the problem of compensations and the invasion of the Rohr region. He started with important steps in this respect. The first step was to get Germany out of its isolation and building strong diplomatic relations with the other European countries, then starting to resolve the problems with France. Streseman preferred peace and resolving political disagreements by reasoning and dialogue between all the countries due to his sincerity in serving his country and reaching the level of developed European countries. This is what he achieved when he ran the foreign ministry.

الواقع الصحي والتعليمي في لواء ديالى للمدة 1958 - 1921

Author name: نور فاضل حمزة
Supervisor name: قحطان حميد كاظم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:

سعيد باشا واثره الاداري والسياسي في مصر (1863 - 1822) == Saeed Basha : His Political and Administrative Influence in Egypt

Author name: مصطفى نوري وهيب
Supervisor name: وسام علي ثابت
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:

عبدالهادي الظاهر واثره السياسي والاقتصادي في العراق حتى عام 1978 == The Political and Economic Impact of Abdulhadi Al - Dhaher in Iraq up to 1978

Author name: فؤاد هادي مهدي العلكاوي
Supervisor name: عبد الجليل مزعل بنيان الساعدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:
Abstract: Historical studies is too much concerned with studying the effective characters that played a major role in the events. This study entitled " Abd Al - Hadi Al - Dhahir and his Political and Economical Effect in Iraq till 1978", is concerned with studying deeply the role ofthis famous character in the contemporary history of Iraq.This study is divided into an introduction, three chapters and conclusions. It's importance rises from this character that witnessed the events of the new Iraqi government in 1921 - 1978, the year of his death, in all its political and economical situations.Chapter two , entitled " His administrative and Political Role" , is about Abd Al - Hadi's administrative role in his job. Besides his political role in the events at his time. This study has benefited a lot from this character's CV in Iraqi Law Association, the Arabic and translated books and theses that dealt with the famous characters lived in his era. Chapter three is entitled " His Attitude towards the Political, Economical and Social Issues". The recorded meetings of the Iraqi parliament provided the researcher with immense information about this character's role in the political, economical and social issues. Besides, the researches and studies that dealt with the political events as part of the events at his time were helpful.The role of Abd Al - Hadi Al - Dhahir in the politics and economics in Iraq was great, in spite of not being accounted as one of the first class politicians in Iraq, but still his works and accomplishments were obvious in the contemporary history of Iraq . This was shown by his role in the administrative field, his good reputation in society, his political role by being elected three times and being in three important political parties in Iraq and his economical role as a minister of economics in 1946.Abd Al - Hadi Al - Dhahir died in 28 of December 1978 leaving a tremendous heritage for the contemporary history of Iraq

عبد الحميد كاظم حميد واثره الثقافي والسياسي في العراق 1912 - 1958 م == Abdul Hameed Kadhim Hameed And His Cultural And Political Influence In Iraq 1912 - 1958

Author name: عدنان ياسين حسين الخزرجي
Supervisor name: صادق حسن السوداني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:
Abstract: During the monarchic rule in Iraq , attention was focused , by the researchers, on Iraqi figures who played great role in the cultural and political situation . But , sufficient information were lacking concerning those figures . That was why they were not tackled as a subject for a thesis or a dissertation. For an instance ,Abdul Hameed Kadhim , the subject of this thesis, had his own role on education extension and improvement Ministry of Education or so - called Al Ma'arif witnessed at the time.However , the thesis falls into an introduction , three chapters and a conclusion . The first chapter deals with the early life of Abdul Hameed Kadhim from May 15 , 1912 to April 17, 1950. The second chapter tackles the period from April 17, 1950 - June 22, 1957.While the third chapter traces the afterward period of June 22,1957 to July 14, 1958.The conclusions are summed up as follows : 1.Abdul Hameed's great ambition , continuous work aiming at discarding ignorance and improving Iraqi cultural affairs with countries all over the world made him a magnificent figure ever recalled by future generations.2. Abdul Hameed has preserved a good relation with UNESCO . UNESCO showed confidence in Abdul Hameed's considerable culture and as a result his experiences were made use of ,by the organization, after the collapse of the monarchic rule.3.Abdul Hameed had his own cultural affairs altogether with some cultural treaties with foreign countries. Those affairs and treatises were of use to have an idea about foreign cultures on the one hand and cultural prosperity in Iraq on the other hand

محمد البشير الابراهيمي واثره الاصلاحي والسياسي في الجزائر 1889 - 1965 == Mohammed Basheer Al - Ebrahimi and His Reforming and Political Impact in Algeria 1889 - 1965

Author name: سولاف عبد الرحمن ناجي
Supervisor name: هزبر حسن شالوخ
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:
Abstract: In tracing the personality of Mohammed Basheer Al - Ebrahimi and his reforming and political impact in Algeria (1889 - 1965), it is concluded that : His birth was during the circumstances accompanying the French colonization of Algeria which adopted killing and usurping Algerian lands as an effective weapon to restrict and lessen revolutions against it. Through his first years on, he has known the processes and policy of colonialism followed to Franchise Algeria and changing its identity. He felt that painful reality till he adapted himself to be as good as those challenges.Al - Ebrahimi has followed the same route adopted by other reformers which is in travelling and learning in the Arabian Orient for the sake of knowledge and getting rid of the French occupation. Thus, he went through the most important scientific centers like Egypt, al - Madinah al - Monawarah and Damascus. He, therefore, had lots of students who were fascinated by his spectacular personality and wide knowledge.The study delineated his status in carrying the message of humanity via his influence by Islamic modernists and thinkers as Jamal Eddin Al - Afghani and Mohammed Abda among others. His appearance was in concordance with the emergence of great scholars as his generation was the generation of paramount scholars for their clear approach was reformation, revival, rejecting colonialization and not standing in its side. This is proved in the incident when France wanted from certain parties to stand by its side in WWII, at that time, Al - Ebrahimi stood firmly against that notion, a fact that led to his imprisonment twice.His efforts with his companions were fruitful as exemplified in their establishing Algerian Muslim Scholars Assembly in 1931 along with Bin Badis and he was appointed a deputy of the Assembly. In this role he was characterized by doing great missions in the Assembly seen in his travels among Algerian villages and cities in spite of French spies and Algerian traitors who were spying on his activities and those of his companions. Nevertheless, he was able to accomplish many educational and cultural enterprises set to develop Algerian youths' abilities to fetch a way for independence through his lessons and lectures in the disciplinary clubs.Al - Ebrahimi has walked in the reforming approach that characterized him and other reformers which is based on educating Algerians and revolting against the reality that was effected by colonialization and Methodism and things he was suffering from due to the French invasion and the Methodism that was moving hand in hand with colonialism. Thus, he emphasized the Algerian Islamic identity and Arabic language being the language of the Glorious Quran and Prophet's (peace be upon him) tradition so as to lead the society back to its Arabian origins and cleansing it of those policies and what has resulted from them on all levels and among all Algerian people.Moreover, he made use of Albasaer and other newspapers as a platform to spread the word of truth he sought to defend since he was in Algeria and continued to defend out of Algeria in Eastern Arab countries which became a cornerstone of defending the Algerian cause. He, and his companions in Algerian Muslim Scholars Assembly, became the basis of Algerian renaissance as well as the front that is aiming at exposing the colonialist policy and standing against occupation. Therefore, the occupation authorities stood against the activities of the Assembly andending its reforming role, yet the Assembly and its men continued their activities via sticking to the principles and methods it was built upon.Furthermore, his nationalist notions that were characterized by the call to reformation were not regional focusing only on Algeria, his vision was based on serving all Arabic and Islamic causes he defended using his pen and tongue whether in his stay on Algeria or in the Arabian Orient, clarifying thus the Arabic flavor of North Africa. Therefore, his thoughts were nationalistic and comprehensive in order to achieve the dreams of Arab countries consuming his pen and thought in an attempt to bring back the glories of the Arab Islamic Civilization.His efforts extended to establish various associations (Lovers of and Rhetoric and Freedom, the High Committee Defending and Respecting Freedom, the High Committee for Helping Palestine, and others). These associations aimed at freeing Algeria and the Arab countries from colonial dominance. Through them, the Algerian and Arab youths became active for the sake of the Algerian cause.What has characterized his political work is that he was patient, i.e., believing in the part to reach the whole. Thus his demands were bringing back the ingredients of the fighting Algerian personality, enforcing the national identity and dedication for the sake of independence.The fruit of his efforts were apparent in opening wide horizons in the Arab Orient for academic scholarships sponsored by the Scholars Assembly to Arab and Islamic countries to be supervised by him and to travel from country to another to safeguard admissions in these countries and returning back home to improve and develop the scientific environment. This is due to his belief that renaissance lies within those people and what knowledge and sciences they would get is to serve thescientific and cultural movement with quick steps for the need of the Algerians.His travels inside and outside of Algeria made of him a reforming figure who is known among Algerians through his lectures and lessons to Algerians in villages and cities. This experiment afforded him the responsibility to lead Algeria towards the freedom revolution. Abroad, he became famous by means of meeting various scholars, thinkers and many political figures, a fact that labelled him well - known to a great extent.He spent all his life in strife and put his varied talents to serve his country, religion and nation. To this objective, he sacrificed man's dearest things of money, family, welfare and positions and endured a life full of tiredness, sickness, wakefulness and alienation.He was a faithful ambassador for his country for he spread the Algerian cause all over the world locations he visited in order to support it thanks to his pen and tongue. He also roamed Arab Orient countries for the sake of achieving a support for the Algerian cause identifying thus the struggle of Algerians against France which wanted to erase its personality and isolate it from its Arabian and Islamic environment.He was among the pioneer fighters who labored hard to support the Algerian revolution and seeing its fruit. He welcomed the revolution in its second day of emergence while in Egypt calling for the unity of Algerians and investing this revolution for the objective of achieving a more sublime goal, which is, freeing all Algerian lands from French occupation, exerting to this aim all efforts to make Algeria free as other Arab countries that got rid of colonial occupation to see Algeria as a whole fully independent and to dismiss the occupation and its supporters out of Algerian lands.

السيرة النبوية من خلال تفسيري ابن ابي حاتم الرازي والبغوي : دراسة موازنة

Author name: سارة محمود محمد الاوسي
Supervisor name: احمد مطر خضير العبيدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:

مصادر المياه في شبه الجزيرة العربية قبل الاسلام : دراسة تاريخية جغرافية

Author name: رؤى وسام ماجد علوان
Supervisor name: شاكر محمود اسماعيل العبيدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Diyala
First pages:

الصناعات الخشبية في العراق القديم حتى سنة612 ق.م : دراسة تاريخية == The wooden Industries In Ancient Iraq Till 612 B.C Historical Study

Author name: احمد سلطان محمد الحياني
Supervisor name: سهيلة مجيد احمد
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The Wooden Industries From Important Industries Which contributed in Essential Way development of civilization, The woods are considered as one of the most common raw materials that human has used in nature this is due to the various qualities which are rarely available in some other raw materials and with civilizational advance represented in establishing of many cities and emerging of many Important Industries and the increase in figures of population there had been a greater need for woods. wooden Industries started to development and woods were used in different joints of life The subject of wood industry was chosen in order to get to know their economic activity through its distinguished position and to discover the role it played in the development of civilization thus. The present thesis is divided into two parts. Part one contained four chapters, the first chapter deals with the kinds of timber and its linguistic meaning through the identification of the timber as it was stated in the cuneiform texts of Sumerians and Akkadians ,as well as the names of the different kinds of wood in Akkadian and the use of each kind of timber. Moreover, the cuneiform texts provided us with the different uses of wood. The second chapter deals with the sources of timber, including what was found inside Iraq as a source of local timber and then the mention of the sources of timber from other countries such as the Gulf, the Levant, Anatolia and Iran. The cuneiform sources provided us with the information of bringing the timber from these areas. The Levant occupied the first place as the most famous region in the production of timber and timber trees, especially the cedar. The kings of Mesopotamia considered bringing the wood as an extraordinary achievement. The third chapter deals with the carpenter who is mentioned in cuneiform sources, and then talking about the carpenter tools and different uses and their contributions significantly to the development of industries, including wood and furniture, some wood, machinery and tools. More light is thrown on the craft of carpenter, and how the craftmanship is given with full training for his children to the craft. The carpenter adopted a child to train him to this craft. The fourth chapter deals Illustrates the use of wood in construction, where the wood was an important material for the construction and it was complementary to other materials .In fact, their date goes back to the architecture of Mesopotamia in the prehistoric times when the trunks of trees were used. The palm trees were used in roofing the building blocks, wood was also used as columns assigned roofs and balconies, as well as the use of timber in the work of the doors and gates. The second part is divided into six chapters. The first one mentions that most of the furniture were made of wood and a few cases of ivory, wood, metal and the fact that perishable material, the archaeological excavations did not succeed in finding examples of them except in decorating furniture, metals, ivory, cloth. The second chapter deals with the manufacture of agricultural tools and irrigation, including the ax and shovel and sickle. Other tools for irrigation and machinery are made of wood and they have contributed significantly to the irrigating farmland. The third chapter desribes the arms industry as a result of the real need for them by men. With regard to the need of the people to arms it is important to state that man in that time was in continuous struggle against wild animals. There were internal conflicts which needed the arms.What is more, the timber is widely used in the manufacture of weapons, including light spears and bows and arrows and others. As well as the use of wood in the manufacture of heavy weapons and rams as well as military tanks used in that time in Mesopotamia, in modern Assyrian modern weapons makers have excelled in the manufacture of these heavy weapons. Because it required precise technical skill in dealing with the wood because the arms industry in particular, including heavy industries was not easy, this required big amounts of timber. Moreover, the use of land transport in the movement and transport of goods and so it played a significant role in the industry to reach a vehicle used by the residents of Mesopotamia. The fourth chapter expounds the transport industry and ground water, where the transport is a major factor in the development of civilization. As for the fifth chapter, it develops the manufacture of musical instruments, as far as music is a manifestation of civilization in Mesopotamia. Industry and musical instruments in Mesopotamia are a genuine civilization which has reached the level of sublime in terms of technical, professional perspective and Mesopotamia was always in the forefront of many achievements, including musical instruments manufacture. The sixth chapter deals with other Industries of wood, including wood work whiteboard despite the lack of use in the writing of cuneiform texts. The cuneiform texts mentions the use of wood for specific purposes, it mentions also the use of wood for the handcuffs for the prisoners. It depicted some scenes technical way of holding prisoners with timber of wood, as well as the subject focuses on the work of the coffins to bury the dead, formerly the palm trees were used for this purpose. As for the sources of the research they have been varied they are based on books and researches taken from the cuneiform references which dealt with f technical, economic and moral aspects

جبل عامل في لبنان : دراسة تاريخية 1918 - 1943 == JABAL AMIL AREA In Lebanon Historical study 1918 - 1943

Author name: لقاء سامي سعيد الكناني
Supervisor name: ايلاف عاصم مصطفى
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: JABAL AMIL AREA" in Lebanon ( Historical study , 1918 - 1943" JabalAmil " has been considered one of the historical cities in the Arab world in respect to political , social and economic levels . Historically , this area is linked to the modern and contemporary history of Lebanon , especially the period lying between 1918 - 1943) as being described as an important historical area in the contemporary history of Lebanon; besides , this area has submitted sublime political and intellectual figures that depicted the historical reality for all the late ages . The year 1918 has been witnessed as the French 's occupation to Lebanon and the end of the second world war having a great effect upon changing the historical conditions in JabalAmil area . The period has been ended in 1943 that being witnessed the independence of Lebanon. The thesis is divided into an introduction, and four chapters an conclusion; the chapter one includes the general conditions of the over mentioned area until the year 1918 and it has been considered as a preface for the study. The chapter two includes the political conditions in JabalAmil area during the period lying between 1918 - 1926, while the chapter third includes the role of those specializing into the political conditions during the period between 1926 - 1936. The chapter four the political developments in this area between 1936 - 1943 , along with the attitude of the political figures therein. In conclusion, the thesis has reached to historical conclusion , most importantly that the JabalAmil area is represented as a civilized area in respect to the cultural and intellectual domain and not in the stage of the study only , but rather in all historical stages . It has concluded that the concerned person refused the French occupation that was relaying on dividing Arab world since they was believing into the Arabic Unity , especially Levant. In addition, the concerned persons resisted French occupation with all means including the military and political one for their believe into the unity of Home and its independence.Most importantly of what has been mentioned above , that the concerned persons have submitted a political example having connection with the national attitudes and with national figures that imposed its status in the historical reality in JabalAmil area , most prominent figure was " Abdul Hussein Sharaf Al - Din Al - Amili and others . Besides, that any researcher writes about the history of Lebanon , he should not neglect to write about the history of JabalAmil area intellectually and politically for being described as Lebanon 's vital area and its national domain that will be remained prominent across ages.

علال الفاسي ودوره السياسي والفكري في المغرب 1956 - 1974 == Allal Al - Fassi Political and in tellectual cycle in Morocco 1956 - 1974

Author name: وداد زايد شرهان الكعبي
Supervisor name: كريم طلال مسير الركابي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Accounted For The study of Political Figures in The history of contemporary Arab in Terest, and This Pattern of Historical research and Scruting because of Its importance in writing and documenting Various phases which played an active and influential role in charting The course of national events And nationalism in Their countries, Thus came The moratorium subject (intellectual cycle in Morocco 1956 - 1974). The study is of an introduction, Four cheptere and a conclusion. Chapter one deals with Allal al fassi҆s role till 1956. Chapler two discusses Allal al fassi҆s political role during The independence era till 1961. Chapter three sheds Light on Allal al fassi҆s role in term of the morocco an political af fairs, the constitutional conncil and 1962. Constition, in addition to the his opimons towords dall The morocco political and constitutional derelopment in The period of (1965 - 1971), chapler four talks obout Allal al fassi and the Moroccan҆s democratic constitutional experience during The years of (1972 - 1974). It bccomes well - known Allal al fassi҆s effective role he played in the Moroccan struggle for cultural and economic independence from The French colonial rule, and estubliohing Arabic as The of ficial language of education. He is also known fobeing a patriotic, poet, writer and of the most impontant politicians who fought against all the constitutions that do not serve the moroccan҆s intercsts. His role expended to in clude supporting Iraq and standing against the Arab federation of Iraq and Jordan despite being a member of Baghdad poct. He stood by The sides of The Iraq national forces against Baghdad pact He, also, supported The Palestinians issue against the Zionist entity and against establishing. The state of Israel, and continued his struggle with all the powerd wisdom and talent he got and was not hesitant to defend his conntry for the salse of Islam till his dea thin the year of 1974

التطورات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية في المملكة العربية السعودية 1953 ـ 1975 == Economic and Social Developments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1953 - 1975

Author name: سوسن جبار عبد الرحمن شريف
Supervisor name: زهير علي احمد النحاس
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: في دوامـة الفقر معتمدة على بعض الاستثمارات ، ناهيك عن التخلف الاقتصادي وتدني مسـتوى معيشة الفرد السعودي الذي انكفا على نفسه كفافا ، كما ان ندرة المياه وطبيعة الحياة الصحراوية القاسية فرضت على معظـم السعوديين حياة البداوة والتكتـلات القبلية ، وبعد تاسيس المملكة عام 1932 ، عانت الاخيرة من نقص الموارد المالية ، ففي عام 1934 ، لم تتعد ميزانية المملكة (احد عشر ) مليون ريال ، الا ان المملكة تحولت خلال عامي ( 1953 ـ 1975 ) من صحراء جـرداء تفتقر الى المـوارد الاقتصادية الى بـلاد غنية بالمـوارد الطبيعية بفضل اكتشاف النفط عام 1938 ، واستثماره بشكل تجاري ما بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية ( 1939ـ 1945 ) ، وكان حـدثا مهما مهد للتحـول الاقتصادي والاجتماعي الكبير الذي مزاالت تشهده المملكة العربية السعوديـة ، فقد كان لهـذه التحولات والتطورات اثـر كبير في نقل المجتمع السعودي من مجتمع صحراوي بدوي له طبيعة قبلية الى دولة حديثة بمؤسسات عصرية ، وتتمتع بمكانة مهمة في المنطقة العربية ، وضمن هذا الاطار تابعت الدراسة وقائع هذه التطورات والتحولات ومسارها التاريخي ، فركزت على جهود المملكة وانجازاتها لتحقيق هـذه التطورات ، وعلى كافـة الاصعدة والقطاعات ، ومعالجتها للعراقيل والمعوقات التي كانت تقف امام تحقيق هـذه التحولات ،ولا سيما ما يتعلق بالتحولات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية والتطور العمراني والحضري وبقية القطاعات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية . وبهدف الاحاطة بتلك الاحـداث والتطورات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية ، تم وضع هيكلية للدراسة انتظمت بتمهيد واربعة فصول وخاتمة فقد تناول التمهيد التطورات الداخلية في بداية تاسيس المملكة العربية السعودية عام 1932 تناول الفصل الاول النفط واثره في دعم التحولات المالية للمملكة العربية السعودية 1953 ـ 1975 ، والمسار التاريخي لاستثمار النفـط السـعودي .وعني الفصل الثاني بالتحولات الاقتصادية الحاصـلة في المملكة ( 1953ـ 1975 ) فيما يختص بالقطاعات الاقتصادية . وخصص الفصل الثالث لاثر التحولات الاقتصادية على التكوينات الاجتماعية والحركة العمرانية في المملكة العربية السعودية .اما الفصل الرابع والاخير ، فقد خصص للتحولات الثقافية التي شهدتها المملكة العربية السعودية وما لها من دور بارز ومهم في تطور المجتمع وتقدمه | Saudi Arabia has witnessed developments and economic and social transformations during the period between the years (1953 - 1975). Concerning the economic aspect, there were no natural resources in the country by this date. This country lived in poverty and backwardness for many centuries depending on small investments. Moreover, , water scarcity and the nature of the harsh desert life had been imposed the tribal system on the lives of most Saudis. After the kingdom was founded in 1932, it suffered from a lack of recent financial resources. In the year 1934, the budget of the Kingdom did not exceed (eleven) million Riyal. But the kingdom has turned during (1953 - 1975), from a barren desert with strong shortage of economic resources to a rich country with natural resources, because of the discovery of oil in 1938 with more commercial investments during the post - World War II (1939 - 1945). It was an important event which paved the way for economic and social transformations that are still great in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia.These events have their impacts on the Saudi society because this society has been changed from a Bedouin society into a modern state with modern institutions and it enjoys its place in the Arab region. Within this framework comes the significance of this study to follow the proceedings of the changes and transformations and historic developments. The study emphasizes the efforts of the kingdom and achievements in many sectors and to overcome the obstacles and constraints that were parked in front of the achievement of these changes, particularly with regard to transformations of economic and social and urban development. Accordingly, the present study is divided into four main chapters preceeded by an introduction and ended with a global conclusion. The introduction deals with the administrative organization of state since the founding of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in 1932 and until 1953, with the arrival of King Saud Ibn Abdul Aziz into power. The first chapter throws light on oil and its impact on the financial support transitions to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1953 - 1975, and Saudi oil investment and the historical development of the Saudi financial system with the establishment of the Saudi Monetary Agency in 1952. The second chapter studies the economic sectors namely the agricultural one. With regard to economic sectors, including the agricultural sector, the chapter deals with the most important problems and obstacles faced by this sector, as indicated by the chapter, it moves into the modern industrial firm and the importance of the sector trade the latest economic developments. The third chapter is devoted to social developments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and what has come from changes in the social structure of the kingdom, the emergence of new categories in Saudi society, as well as the efforts of the Kingdom in the fields of social development. In this chapter, other points are also discussed namely transport routes, means of transport, various communication and its impact on urban developments in the kingdom, particularly after the reconstruction of the Holy Places amd mosques to secure the confort of pilgrimage.As for the fourth chapter, it treats the cultural transformation occurred in the Kingdom and especially in the field of education.As a matter of fact the sector of public health has also seen a tangible progress besides the mass media and the press. Finally, the present study ends with a conclusion which focuses on the most important findings that emerged from the thesis, and the implications of the economic and social developments in Saudi Arabia. It should be mentioned that one of the outstanding negative points is the reliance on one resource namely oil. The Kingdom has to rely on the revenues of other resources in order to revitalize the other economic and social sectors.

شركة نفط الموصل المحدودة 1928 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية == Mosul Petroleum Company L.T.D 1928 - 1958 Historical Study

Author name: عيدان شبيب سليم الحمداني
Supervisor name: لمى عبد العزيز مصطفى
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: على الرغم من الصراعات المريرة التي دخلتها شركة نفط الموصل في سبيل الحصول على امتياز نفطي في اراضي الموصل والى المساومات التي قدمتها للحكومة العراقية ،الا انها لم تعط تلك الاراضي ما تستحق من اهمية بما تحويه من مخزون نفطي منذ منح الامتياز عام 1932 وحتى نهاية العهد الملكي عام 1958 ...لقد خرجت الدراسة بنتائج مهمة واساسية يمكن اجمالها في النقاط الاتية : - 1.ان اراضي نفط الموصل وقعت ضحية صراع طويل بين الدول الاستعمارية،وعلى الرغم من تنبه السلطان عبد الحميد الثاني باهمية هذه الاراضي وما تحويه من نفط باصداره عدة فرمانات للحفاظ عليها الا انها لم تقف حائلا امام اطماع تلك الدول،بعدما اطاحت به ثورة الاتحاديين عام 1908، فبدا فصل جديد من تلك الصراعات انتهى بتشكيل شركة النفط التركية وحصولها على امتياز نفطي في الاراضي الواقعة شرق نهر دجلة ضمن ولاية الموصل وبغداد عام 1925.2.على الرغم من كثرة المصادر والبحوث التي تناولت مايعرف بـ(مشكلة الموصل) (1923 - 1926) بين العراق وتركيا حول عائديتها،لكن ثمة حقيقة كانت تقف وراء هذه المشكلة وهي المساومات والتنازلات بين بريطانيواالولايات المتحدة في الخفاء على(نفط الموصل) في سبيل تقديم الدعم لهذا الطرف او ذاك مقابل منحها امتياز نفط الموصل،وهذا ماحدث عندما دعمت بريطانيا موقف العراق في ضم اراضي ولاية الموصل اليه مقابل منحها امتيازا نفطيا على تلك الاراضي،وحتى تركيا التي اقامت الدنيوالم تقعدها على ولاية الموصل وتقدم البراهين والادلة على ذلك،نجدها تتنازل عنها مقابل 10% من نفطها.3.لم تقف اطماع بريطانية عند شركة نفط العراق( )(I.P.Cشركة النفط التركية سابقا) فحسب بل تعدت الى الاراضي الواقعة غرب نهر دجلة (اراضي الموصل) وشكلت لاجل ذلك شركة بريطانية خالصة (شركة استثمار النفط البريطانية المحدودة ((B.O.D)) (عام 1928 لكن في الوقت نفسه ادخلت بعض من المساهمين الالمان والايطاليين والفرنسيين لكي تغطي على اهدافها الحقيقية، وما ان منحت الامتياز من الحكومة العراقية حتى استطاعت من ضم هذه الشركة الى شركة نفط العراق وغيرت اسمها الى شركة نفط الموصل المحدودة (M.P.C ) واصبحت شركة ثانوية تابعة لها.4.على الرغم من ان شروط شركة نفط الموصل افضل من شروط شركة نفط العراق بالنسبة للحكومة العراقية لاسيما حصتها البالغة 20% مع الايجار السنوي الا ان الحكومة اهملت هذه النقطة بالذات ولم تقف بوجه المماطلات الكثيرة من شركة نفط الموصل والتي تهربت من تنفيذ التزاماتهواقدمت عدة تاجيلات في عام( 1939 و1943) لان كل مزااد انتاج شركة الموصل المحدودة زادت معه حصة الحكومة البالغة(20%)،ولهذواجهت المصالح النفطية اهتمامها بشركة نفط العراق(نفط كركوك) لانها لاتدفع للحكومة سوى الايجار السنوي فقط .5.ان المشكلة الرئيسة في نفط الموصل هي نسبة الكبريت العالية المرافقة معه مما جعله ثقيل نسبيا وقلة جودته مقارنة بنفط كركوك والبصرة هذه المشكلة جعلت الشركة تتحجج فيهواتطالب بتاجيل الانتاج على الرغم من اكتشاف نفط حقل عين زالة منذ عام 1939 ونفط حقل بطمة عام 1952 الذي كان مشجعا الى حدا ما ،وبعد عقد اتفاقية مناصفة الارباح في العراق عام 1952 الزمت الحكومة العراقية شركة نفط الموصل بانتاج (مليون وربع المليون) طن من النفط سنويا، والا فان الحكومة سوف تقوم بالغاء الامتياز،عندهراضخت الشركة وانتجت هذه الكمية بعد عشرين عاما من المماطلة ولم تزد عليها اي شي منذ عام 1953وحتى عام 1958 وكان عملية الانتاج كانت مدروسة بعناية على عكس شركة نفط العراق التي قفز انتاجها بشكل مذهل وحققت ارقاما قياسية.وخلاصة القول ان شركة نفط الموصل ارادت ان تحتفظ باراضي الموصل لاطول مدة بوصفه احتياطيا خاصا للمصالح الاجنبية المساهمة فيها.6. حاولت شركة نفط الموصل تقديم افضل الخدمات للعمال العراقيين لاسيما بعد اضراب العمال عام 1948 لان احوالهم كانت مزرية جدا لكن بعد اتفاقية عام 1952 تحسنت خدمات الشركة من طعام ونقل واساليب الترفيه والخدمات المتنوعة وهذا مااكده جميع العمال في الشركة عن تلك الفتره بعدما قام الباحث بمقابلتهم.7.على الرغم من قلة واردات شركة نفط الموصل مقارنة بشركة نفط العراق والبصرة الا انها كانت تعد شركة واحدة وذات مردود واحد، ولهذا يلاحظ ان واردات الحكومة قد ازدات من النفط فتم تنمية هذه الموارد وتاسيس مجلس الاعمار الذي انعكس على عموم العراق والموصل بشكل خاص من بناء مصفى القيارة ومعامل للاسمنت والسكر والغزل والنسيج ...الخ،والتي لم يتم انهاء بعضها في العهد الملكي تم اكماله في العهد الجمهوري بعد قيام ثورة 14 تموز 1958. | Petroleum of Mosul province was axis of the international conflicts from the Al - Sultan second Abdulhammed (1876 - 1909) till get the privilege to The British Oil Development CO (B.O.D) in 1932 which has the common international interests, then this company fall under Iraq petroleum company control (I.P.C) (the Turkish previously), and move to secondary company dependant to it called Limited Mosul Petroleum Company (M.P.C), and this company couldn’t producing the petroleum but in 1952, and after that complete the petroleum pipe of Ain Zala - K2, but the producing ranges still low didn't access (1.250.000) tons annually along the period of 1953 - 1958.The thesis (the Limited Mosul Petroleum Company 1930 - 1958) consist of four chapters, the first one dealing with the historical roots of the company and the colonial states conflicts on it till agreement of the Red Line in 1928. and the second one dealing with the conditions and reasons which within complete getting the privilege of Mosul Petroleum to British Petroleum investment company without the competitive companies, and then showed this privilege on the Iraqi parliament which certified on it after long argumentation. The third one specify to dealing with the most important adjustments which entered to privilege Mosul Petroleum during the Second World War, especially contracts of 1939, 1943 which late investment of Mosul Petroleum.The fourth chapter is the conclusion of this thesis which dealing with the most important developments and the economical, political and social dimensions in the Mosul Petroleum Company which belong to the relationship between the labors and company and their numbers, and the service which presented to them, in addition to reflecting of the Mosul Petroleum Company's inputs with the other companies on establishing the building council and the huge economical and industrial change especially in Mosul city from built of Al - Qayara refinery and plants of Sugar, Cement ,and Spinning and Fabric which still to present days

النشاط التجاري القديم بين بلاد الرافدين وبلاد الشام من اقدم العصور الى نهاية العصر البابلي القديم == Ancient commercial Activity between MESOPOTAMIA and Bilad Al - Sham from the OlDEST AGES to the end of the old Babylon Period

Author name: مهند خميس عبد الله الدليمي
Supervisor name: سهيلة مجيد احمد
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The trade was the second cornerstone on which the economic life was based after the agriculture. Although Mesopotamia was known by its water resources and fertile sands, it needed for some materials wanted in the industry, such as stones, woods, and various metals. People tried hard from early ages in order to get those materials from the neighboring and remote areas. Accordingly, trade links were created with those areas like the Arabian Gulf, Turkey and Iran, as well as Syria which had a related links with Mesopotamia since the prehistory ages as referred by the archeological excavations explored in various areas of Syria.This study concentrates on the trade links between Mesopotamia and Syria; it tackles such links from the prehistory ages and till the end of the ancient Babylon. The study of this aspect shows a profile for the nature of that activity and the natural resources of cities and kingdoms in both areas. In addition, it introduces the roads and paths passed by trade caravans and military troops together. This topic is one of the important subjects which evoked researchers to make studies. There have been many studies about this topic such as including the political aspects and cultural aspects, especially that the impact of Mesopotamian culture was very great on the neighboring areas’. According to this study, it has been tackled the commercial aspects. It presents all matters related to trade links between Mesopotamia and Syria in the abovementioned period which was known by an obvious commercial activity between both of the areas.This study is made up of four chapters through which it has been presented the commercial activity between the both areas. This activity was sometimes dynamic to be moved to another direction as in the Acadian Age, and the age of third race of Ur, where almost of the commercial activity was done with the East and the Arabian Gulf. The first chapter tackles : (the Impact of Geographical Background in the Date of Mesopotamia and Syria). It is known that the geographical aspect of any area has an impact in the human activity in general and in the economic activity in particular, especially that related to the commercial activity. This chapter concentrates on the impact of geography in this activity, and the importance of commercial site for both of Mesopotamia and Syria which was making up of a unique geographical unit. Accordingly, that unit facilitated the matter of making commercial activities. This chapter includes two sections. The first one discussed the commercial site of Mesopotamia and the importance of historical site, in addition to its effect on trade. Whereas the second one tackles the commercial site of Syria and its effect in holding trades. The second chapter, however, represents : (The Commercial Activity between Mesopotamia and Syria from the Prehistory Ages and till the End of the Age of Early Races). It has been divided into two sections. The first one tackles the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in the prehistory age referred by ceramics and cylinder stamps that was spread by the trade, in addition to the existence of Sumerians in some areas of Syria which was regarded by researchers as trade stations. Especially, it had been a similarity in building designs and cities planning to the designs and planning in South Mesopotamia. The second section tackles the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in the age of early races. At that period of time, the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Ebla was the most prominent. The effect of Mesopotamia on it was very great, especially in aspects accompanied by trades, like culture. In addition, in this period of time Mari City had appeared as a commercial agent. Then, this section tackles the trade arrangement throughout the direct supervision of kings in dealing with roads and making it safe.The third chapter refers to : the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in both of the Acadian and the third race of Ur Ages. The period has been discussed in two sections. The first one tackles the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in the Acadian Age. The commercial activity in that period concentrates on the eastern side and the Arabian Gulf, whereas there are only simple references on the commercial activity with Syria. That was represented by military companions leaded by Acadian Kings in order to warrant the trade safety, in addition to commercial substitutions which were greatly concentrated with Ebla. Kings were directly supervising on trades, and they were arranging them. The second section tackles the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in the age of third race of Ur. Trade, at that period of time, was obviously concentrated with Ebla, and it was taken into kings’ account and supervision.The fourth chapter affirms on the commercial activity between Mesopotamia and Syria in the ancient Babylon and Assyrian ages. This period was recognized by a great commercial activity, especially with Syria to be named as the age of trade and merchants. This chapter is made up of three sections. The first one concentrates on the commercial activity among the Mesopotamian and the Syrian cities, i.e. the commercial activity of Babylon & Assyria and its relation to the Syrian cities like Emar, Qatana, and Aleppo. Besides, the second section tackles the commercial activity to the city of Mari which represents a connection point between the Mesopotamian and the Syrian cities. Goods were passed between these two areas. In the third section, it has been tackled trades arrangement. The principle axes discussed in this section are the trade roads, whether they are land or sea ones, and the used transporting means in these roads. In addition, it has been tackled the taxes and fees. All these procedures was arranged and planned under the kings’ supervision

الاجانب المقيمون في العراق ووضعهم القانوني ونشاطهم في العهد الملكي == Foreigners Residing in Iraq and their legal status and their Activities in the Monarchy

Author name: دلال منال نوري
Supervisor name: خضير حسن سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Flocked to Iraq in different communities periods from severalCountries in order to residence where for one reason or another . and we have been active in those communities to work in various fields , and it became necessary to have recourse to the ruling authorities in Iraq to set up those organizing and directing their activities to serve the common good . So we chose the foreign residents subject and activity in Iraq in the monarchy first . its importance and the lack of precedent for academic studies , and secondly in order to highlight the laws and regulations that successive Iraqi government issued to achieve the rights and duties resident aliens and everything related to their field of different and activities . taking into consideration the principles of law international public and respect for the interests of Iraq . As well as the Iraqi government granted foreign residents of those rights in order to preserve the rights and interests of Iraqi nationals residing in foreign countries pursuant to the principleOf reciprocity . To handle foreign countries where Iraqis living the same treatment enjoyed by nationals .The foreigners residing in Iraq , as is the case in many countries, the rights they enjoy donated them to the Iraqi government under the laws issued by such legal personality right and the right to practice work and the right to own property and the right to establish schools and associations of foreign and freedom of worship and expression and other rights. But prevented them from the right to participate in political life and the right of military service was confined to that Iraqis only .cthe foreign influence evident in the economic side as preferred British and foreign companies foreign workers and employees on the Iraqis , raising unemployment among the Iraqi people and increased the number of foreign workers significantly , sparking resentment Iraqi workers and resentment and make them resort to labor strikes . vdila for the Iraqi government to issue countless Iraqis professions 1936 Act. In spite of the significant role played by the Council of reconstruction in the completion of many projects , but he made the implementation of those projects the monopoly of foreign companies .It is worth mentioning also that he had fled to Iraq . many foreign criminals to escape their sentences so the Iraqi government held treaties and agreements with several countries for extradition to protect the security of the state , Iraq has faced a lot of espionage crimes carried out by some foreign residents , particularly Iranians and Israelis so it was always going to the Iraqi government to issue denials and exclusion decisions against them security of the state and safety are the most important pillars of the state to maintain the strength and unity of foreigners in religious , economic , social and cultural aspects . The Iraqi government is seeking in return for reducing by issuing laws pertaining to foreigners during the monarchy in order to regulate the status of foreigners in all fields .

ولاية العهد في العصر الاشوري الحديث (911 - 612 ق . م) == The Succession to the Crown in the Neo Assyrian Period (911 - 612 B.C.)

Author name: سالم احمد يونس ابليه الجحيشي
Supervisor name: ازهار هاشم شيت
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: ان موضوع دراستنواهو ولاية العهد في العصر الاشوري الحديث (911 - 612 ق م ) على درجة كبيرة من الاهمية وذلك لانه يحدد شخص ملك المستقبل والذي يمثل الامبراطورية الاشورية وبالتالي مستقبل البلاد كله وكذلك يمثل هذا الموضوع احد الاوجه الحضارية لبلاد الرافدين عموما وبلاد اشور خصوصا حيث يكشف لنا عن النضج السياسي الذي وصل اليه الملوك الاشوريين . ان ولي العهد وهو احد ابناء الملك يتم اختياره من قبل الملك الاب نفسه وعلى الاغلب يكون الولد البكر ولكي يغطي الشرعية على اختيار ولي العهد ولكي لا يواجه اي معارضة لولي العهد يشير الى ان هذا الاختيار بايماء من الالهة ونستطيع ان نقول هذا على المستوى الديني اما على المستوى السياسي الداخلي والخارجي فان الملك الاب يعقد معاهدة تبيعة مع حكام وشعب الاقاليم التابعة للامبراطورية الاشورية ومع كل مسؤولي الامبراطورية الاشورية من عسكريين وسياسيين واداريين وبقية افراد العائلة المالكة وحتى مع عامة الشعب الاشوري وتكون هذه المعاهدة بحضور الالهة لكي هي التي تنزل اللعنات على من ينقض المعاهدة حيث يتدخل عدة اشخاص في اختيار ولي العهد لاسيمزاوجة الملك او ام ولي العهد وغيره من مسؤولي الامبراطورية الاشورية واصحاب المناصب العليا . ثم بعد اختيار ولي العهد يلتحق بقصر خاص به ( بيت _ ريدوتي ) او ( قصر التعاقب ) حيث يكون بمثابة مدرسة لاعداد ولي العهد للحكم ويتضمن التعليم من القراءة والكتابة وبعض العلوم كالحساب ( رياضيات ) وغيرهواالتدريبات العسكرية من ركوب الخيل وقيادة العربات والقتال بالسيف والسهام وحتى صناعة التروس والصيد وغيرهواتوكل اليه بعض الوظائف العليا في الامبراطورية فقد ينوب عن ابيه الملك في حكم البلاد عند غياب ابيه الملك او يقود الجيش او يتراس جهاز المخابرات وغيرهواقد تطول او تقصر مدة ولاية العهد حسب حياة الملك الاب وربما يموت او يقتل الملك ومازال ولي العهد صغير السن حيث يموت الملك شمشي _ ادد الخامس ( 883 _ 811 ق . م ) بظروف غامضة وكان مايزال ابنه ولي العهد ادد _ نيراري الثالث صغير السن فتولت امه الملكة شمور _ رامات ( سميراميس ) الحكم حتى كبر ابنهواتولى الحكم وقد واجه ولي العهد العديد من المشاكل منها منافسة اخوته له لاسيما اذا كان اصغرهم مثل ما حدث مع ولي العهد اسرحدون ولولي العهد العديد من المواطنين التابعين له ومن الخدم ايضا وتقام الاحتفالات الكبيرة عند اختياره ولي العهد وعند تتويج ولي العهد ملك على البلاد . اما خطة البحث فقد تناولته في خمسة فصول تضمن الفصل الاول المبحث الاول تناولت فيه تعريف ولاية العهد لغة واصطلاحا ، والمبحث الثاني الجذور التاريخية لفكرة ولاية العهد حيث تطور الفكر السياسي منذ بدايته الاولى وشكله الديمقراطية البدائية وتطوره حتى وصوله الى نظام الحكم الوراثي حيث تظهر ولاية العهد وبهذا نكون قد بينا جذور الفكرة ، المبحث الثالث ، الاسس والمبادئ المعتمدة لاختيار ولي العهد وتضمن اولا مبداء لاختيار الالهي ، وثانيا تاثير المقربين الى الملك وهم ( الحريم الملكي وكبار موظفي المملكة والكهنة والعرافين وحتى الطواشي . اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناولت فيه تنشاة واعداد ولي العهد وقد تضمن المبحث الاول التحاق ولي العهد بقصر خاص به ويعرف بـ(بيت _ ريدوتي bit _ riduti ) وقد تناولت الموضوع من خلال النصوص التي تذكر هذا القصر وبنائه وتجديده ومخططه ، والملوك الذين ذكروه وقاموا بتجديده ، اما المبحث الثاني فقد تناولت فيه اعداد وتدريب ولي العهد ويشتمل ثلاث محاور وهي ( ا _ التعليم ، ب _ التدريبات العسكرية والصيد والفروسية ، ج _ ملابس وازياء ولي العهد ) ، اما الفاصل الثالث وهو الصعوبات التي تواجه ولي العهد ، ففي المبحث الاول ولي العهد تحت الوصاية ، اما المبحث الثاني المنافسة على ولاية العهد ومن ضمنه النزاع الذي وقع بين اشوربانيبال واخوه شمش _ شوم _ اوكن ، وفي الفصل الرابع المهام التي توكل لولي العهد فقد تناولت في المبحث الاول تولي ولي العهد الادارة والحكم ، وفي المبحث الثاني موظفي ولي العهد ، وفي المبحث الثالث مراسلات ولي العهد ، والفصل الخامس وهو ولي العهد في طريقه الى العرش ، المبحث الاول مراسيم دفن الملك الاب ، والمبحث الثاني مراسيم تتويج ولي العهد . | The subject of our study is the mandate of the Crown Prince in the Neo Assyrian Period (911 - 612 BC) a subject which is of supreme importance. Because this determines the personality of the coming king who represents the Assyrian Empire and therefore the future of the country as a whole. In fact, this topic reflects a cultural aspect in Mesopotamian culture in general and the Assyrian one in particular. It reveals the political maturity reached by the Assyrian kings. The Crown Prince is one of the king's sons chosen by the king himself as far as he is his father. It is most likely the child would be the eldest one and the choice is usually legitimate. In order to not face any opposition about the choice of the Crown Prince he points out that this choice is the will of gods .This is of course from the religious level. From the interior and exterior political level, the King the father concluded a treaty with the rulers and the people of the territories of the Assyrian Empire and with all the officials of the Assyrian Empire from the military, politicians and administrators and the rest of the royal family and even with the Assyrian people.This treaty would be concluded with the presence of gods and the curses will be inflicted upon those who violated the treaty.In the process of chosing the Crown Prince many persons participated in it namely the King's wife or his mother and high rank personalities. After the choice of the Crown Prince, he attended his own (house _ Ridoti) or (Palace of succession), which is a preparatory school for the Crown Prince where he began to learn reading, writing, and some sciences like (mathematics), and other military exercises of riding horses and driving wagons and fight with the sword, arrows and even industry, fishing gears and others. Then he was entrusted with some of the senior positions in the Empire. He might act on behalf of his father the King to rule the country in the absence of his father the King or lead the army or intelligence service. He excercised this function during short or long period and this depended on the lifetime of his father. Or probably the king died when the Crown Prince was still minor. A good example is the mysterious death of Shamshi Adad V (883 _ 811 BC) when he died his son the Crown Prince Adad _ nirari third young teenager his mother Queen Hmor _ Ramat (Semiramis) ruled until her son grew up and came to power. In fact he faced many problems, including competitive brothers to him, especially if the youngest one like what happened with Esarhaddon and the Crown Prince of many of their citizens to him. An important festival is held in choosing the Crown Prince and at the coronation of the king of the country. The present study is divided into five chapters.The first section of the first chapter deals with the definition of the mandate of the Crown Prince linguistically and idiomatically. And the second section is about the historical roots of the idea of the mandate of the Crown Prince, where the evolution of political thought since its inception and the first primitive form of democracy and its development until his arrival at the succession system of government where they appear mandate of the Crown Prince.Therefore, we have explained the historical origins of the idea of the Crown Prince .The third section studies and principles adopted for the selection of the Crown Prince and first one emphasises the divine principle. Secondly, the influence excercised by the close friends of the king, and they are (the royal harem and senior officials of the kingdom and priests and fortune - tellers and even Tawashi. The second chapter explains the upbringing of the Crown Prince and his preparation training to exercise his function. . The first section included the Crown Prince Palace admission to what is known as the (House of Ridoti _ bit _ riduti).This subject has been tackled through the references and the texts which mention the palace and its construction and renovation and the kings who have planned and renovated them. The second section deals with the preparation and training of the Crown Prince and includes three axes, namely, (a _ - learning, b _ military exercises, hunting and equestrian. As for the third chapter, it expounds the difficulties faced by the Crown Prince, in the first section the Crown Prince is under guardianship, while the second section of competition on the mandate a good example was the conflict between Ashurbanipal and his brother Shamash - shum - ukin. In chapter IV we discussed the tasks entrusted to the Crown Prince. The first section is about the administration and the second one the officials of the Crown Prince. Whereas the third section treats the correspondence of the Crown Prince. Finally, chapter five illustrates the arrival of the Crown Prince to power.This chapter contains two sections the first one is about the funerals of his father the king and the second one id about the coronation ceremony of the Crown Prince

الصراعات السياسية في حقبة التسلط البويهي (334 - 447هـ/945 - 1055م) == Political Conflicts in Millennium of Buwaihid Domination (334 - 447 A.H./945 - 1055 A.D.)

Author name: عمر احمد سعيد محمود الحمداني
Supervisor name: موفق سالم نوري الجوادي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The Political conflicts in the millennium of the Buwaihid domination (334 - 447 A. H./945 - 1055 A.D) are regarded as the striking aspects because of their aggravation in this period , whereas the appearance of the Buwaihid on the field of political events, their upside down the balances of affairs through their control on the reins of authority in Iraq, especially Baghdad, the competition of the caliph in his powers and privileges , negligence of the public and private in whole of their social and economic conditions, all of those things entered the country in the continuity of conflicts which do not scarcely end up or stop at a certain limit , so these conflicts were internal relating to the structure of authority and the problem of administration of affairs of political, economic, social, and intellectual aspects, then extended out to every direction whereas any aspects can not be excluded from these conflicts. And if this phenomenon were an extension of what the military chaos witnessed, control the leader of soldiers, and their domination in the millennium (247 - 334 A.H./861 - 945 A.D.), then this extension became more serius because of the multiplicity and diversity of the centres of power, that resulted from these conflicts, which threatened the structure of society and state in a considerable danger. So, I found that studying this phenomenon which extended for a century is necessary and pertinent for the research in its nature, then the nature of its falls.Therefore, it was neither a passing state , nor a partial and a secondary thing.In spite of extension of the subject, and the considerable diversity of its sources, the research did not face any actual and serious difficulties, that was achieved by favor of the God He raised far alone who he helped me to iron out any obstacles to let the research takes its complete scope in convering these conflicts.And for achieving the comprehensiveness of the research, encircling its all, and convering it in study and analysis, so it was divided up into a preface and four sections each section consisted many chapters. The preface the historical introductions of the originating the Buwaihid domination. The first section included the conflict between the Abbasid caliphate and the Buwaihid principality. The second section handled the conflict on principality inside the Buwaihid family. The third section dealt with conflicts inside the ruling establishment. The fourth section searched in the conflict among the social and intellectual powers with the Buwaihid authority.The outcomes of this study can be summarized in the following points : - Some caliphs played sometimes an effective role to face the actions made by the Buwaihid, in spite of their being falling under their domination. - The Abbasid Caliphate did not subject to the currents of conflicts alone, these currents have drifted the establishment of the Buwaihid principality so the Buwaihid family subjected to conflicts especially after the death of the first generation of the strong princes. - As to the military establishment, it entered also in the continuity of the conflicts. - The conflict infiltrated also into the civilian establishment. - This millennium witnessed a deterioration in the social and economic aspects which led to the prominence of the role played by the various social levels and categories. - These conflicts left their clear effects on falling down the Buwaihed's state which continued more than a century in internal conflicts the heat of which does not go down

سوريو القضية الفلسطينية 1961 - 1970 == Syria and The Palestinian Issue 1961 - 1970

Author name: عبد الله زيدان خلف الرسلان
Supervisor name: محمد علي داهش
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The Palestinian issue is considered one of the issue which is still existed and the British occupation to Palestine and then the rise of the Zionist entity had left its effect upon Arab countries which contributed since the beginning through people and government during the 20th century supporting the issue of Palestine liberation. This issue had taken a great interest by both people and governments of Syria as being one of the main Arab issues and an indispensable part in the political, military and intellectual aspects.Syria had supported this issue by national, Arab and international aspects and contributed in embracing the Palestinian refugees treating them like Syrians.This study comes to illustrate the official and popular attitude of Syria towards the Palestinian issue 1961 1970. It contains the development of the issue after the world was I till the emergence of the Zionist entity and the development of political positions in Syria during the era of military coups 1949 1954, the Syria attitude from alliances and plots fulfilled against Syria concerning the tripartite Aggression against Egypt in 1956 till the rise of Egypt Syria unity and the rise of united Arab republic (1958 1961). Then the study talks about events taken place in Syria after the separation and the return of military coups till the domain of Arab Bath Party holding the reign in 1963. This party regarded the Palestinian issue a central one, and then there is the recognition of Palestine liberation organization (PLO) as a representative body for the Palestinian people and its military flank. Liberation army as well as the movement of Palestinian national liberation (Fath) and its military flank (Al - Asifa).Syria had considered the armed struggle the only way to achieve liberation of Palestine and the popular war was the means for that. The war of June 1967 and the Arab setback in general and for Syria in particular losing AI Julan Heights, these events did not change the Syria attitude towards the Palestinian issue. But this had limited the Palestinian Fedaeen's activitie and Syria rejected attending conferences for these conferences did not call frankly that the armed struggle is the best way to liberate the occupied lands. Also, Syria rejected the Resolution No. 242 issued by the security council and regarded it as a new plot to end the Palestinian issue.Also, Syria stood in the side of the Palestinian resistance and against the Jordanian authorities in September 1970 and provided help and arms and this created a political crisis between Jordan and Syria.Syria supported the Palestinians in the exceptional summit conference held in Cairo to end the fight in Jordan. As for the political powers, organizations, unions and popular messes, this attitude pressed on the successive governments in Syria to adopt the armed struggle and to enhance the Fedaeens through providing all material and military means and opening the boarders for the Fedaeens.This study concluded that the Syrian attitude' in embracing the Palestinian refugees, treating them like Syria in addition to providing all forms of support for the Palestinian organizations in all national Arab and international levels considered the Palestinian issue the first Arab issue and supported the Fedaeens in their fight

غنائم الحرب في العصر الاشوري الحديث == Spoils of War In The Neo - Assyrian Period

Author name: ابراهيم محمود خلف رمضان البدراني
Supervisor name: عامر سليمان ابراهيم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: New Assyrian cuneiform text, especially royal annals, and war scenes carved on reliefs steles, statues and other royal monuments emphasize the importance of war spoils that were taken from the cities and countries which the Assyrian army conquered. This fact makes it clear that one of main aims of Assyrian military campaigns was economic, that is to bring to Assyria spoils of value such as gold, silver, tin and other valuables in addition to prisoners of war, weapons of different kinds, animals such as horses, mules, sheep, and other animals. In spite of the importance of spoils of war to understand the political and economic policy of the late Assyrian kings, little has been written in Arabic on this particular subject. This has led us to write on spoils of war in the New Assyrian Period. It in obvious that most of our references was in foreign languages or written in cuneiform script which made our work difficult as our knowledge in English is very limited. Be that as it may, we tried our best to give a detailed study on spoils of war based mainly on cuneiform text that were translated into English by various scholars. The study was divided into four main sections in addition to the introduction and preface The first section dealt with vocabulary used in cuneiform texts to denote to the various kinds of spoils and to they way spoils were taken. The second section mention the different kinds of spoils taken such as human beings who were regarded prisoners of war, weapons and chariots, different kind of animals, cloths, minerals, precious, stones, ivory, food stuffs, wood and agricultural products. The third section tackles the economic importance of spoils to the Assyrian government and society. It contains several chapters each of which was dedicated to certain importance. The fourth and last section war concerned mainly with the informative aim of text concerned and scenes carved on monuments and the propaganda it serves for the Assyrian king and army. It consists of three main chapters. Finally the study was annexed with conclusion in addition to many maps and photographs that clarify what has been dealt with in the four sections of the thesis

النزاعات الداخلية في الاندلس في عصر الخلافة (316 - 422هـ/ 928 - 1031م) == The internal Conflicts In Andalusia During Al Kalafa Era ( 316 - 422 H / 928 - 1030 A )

Author name: ماهر ختال شريمط العبيدي
Supervisor name: عثمان عبد العزيز صالح المحمدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The era of Al Kalafa started in ( 316 H - 926 A ) when the prince Abed Al Rahman announced Al Omoiya regime taking the opportunity of Al abbasian weakness , above all he defeated all the conflicts in the country . So a new era had been begun in Andalusia . It is regarded as a step for all victories and political stability .Although it happened there some interior disagreements among people and groups to control as much as area they can .This led the foreign powers to think about the Islamic territories by exploiting the idea of backing all the rivals to weaken the Islam regions . We concentrate our efforts upon the period that is considered the most dreadful time . In addition to this my desire in studying the history of Andalusia when I was in Bachelor stage and to get knowledge of the features of these conflicts and its reasons .This study ( the internal conflicts in Andalusia during Al kalafa era (316 - 422 H) .The importance of this study lies on its connection with the attempt of the student Nahdim Ibrahim in his subject (the internal fight in Andalusia )and its harmony with the study of the student Shaker Yassin Al delemy who completed my study through his research which includes the interior struggle in Andalusia in various sectarian groups . It is necessary to study that period and have information especially the political disorder which was so important in both internal and external events of Andalusia . I suggest the year( 216 H - 926 A) as a date for my study . The year 422 H was an end of my study , as it is known the end of Omawi era in Andalusia which lasted 280 years . I divided the study into an introduction and four chapters with the end . These pages contained margins and sources of my research . Keeping in mind that every chapter divided into many section . In the first chapter I considered the features of Andalusia society which appeared into six sections , every section has the sectarian of Andalusia society and its location which has a big role in the political conflicts the country witnessed from the date of Andalusia liberation 92 H till the withdrawal of Muslims in 897 H . The second chapter adapted the inner fight during Al kalafa era in 316 H . It is divided into six field started from the internal disagreement during the time of Al kalefa Abed Al Rahman al Nasir 300 - 350 H and his son Al Mustanser 350 - 366 H . In the first section I consider the definition of the word (conflict) linguistically and terminology , the second one was about the prince and Al kalefa Abed Al Rahman ( his name and family ) and the date of his crown , the third section I stated the efforts of Al kalefa Abed Al Rahman in unifying the country and judgment with defeating the rebellion calls which the most important was Ibin Hafsoon revolution , also unifying Al abbasian to the state and getting back cities of eastern Andalusia . I showed in the fourth section the rebirth of Al kalafa Omaiwia in Andalusia by Al kafefa Abed Al Rahman al Nasir while the fifth section dealt with the control upon some territories and unified them with the country . I ended the six section with the stability and the economic growth in the era of Al Mustanser who encourage science and scientific research . The third chapter I state the internal disagreement during the era of Al Kalefa Husham 366 - 390 H , this chapter included six sections , the first one was appointing Al kalefa in his earlier year while the second was the political situation of the state , the third was the appearance of Mohammed Al Hajeb and his individuality in power by defeating his rivals , the fourth was appointing Abed al Malik after the death of his father Al Mansour .the fifth section was the administration of Al kaleafa Abed Al Rahman bin al Mansour and adapting a new strategy which is totally differ of his father . The fourth chapter dealt with the barbarian disorder and the end of Omawi period . It contained eight sections , the first was the misleading of policy of Al kaleafa AL Mahdi especially by fighting barbers , the second section talks about the barbarian revolution against Al Mahdi , the third section was misguiding strategy led by Al Kaleafa Husham , the fourth was seizing Al kalafa by Husham while the fifth was about controlling Al kalafa by Sulaiman , the six was Al Hamood role in Al kalafa upon the country . Then I mentioned the power of Omawai family who are weak and unable to manage the state . They adapted bad behavior depending on high taxes , disobedience and immoral . I finished my study with the affection of this chaos upon the public life of Andalusia . I never forget to mention a list of names of resources and translated books with some previous thesis which were discussed in universities .

النشاط الاقتصادي في شمال شبه الجزيرة العربية قبل الاسلام (القرن الرابع الميلادي) حتى نهاية العهد الراشدي == Economic activity in the north of the Arabian Peninsula before Islam Al Jazeera (fourth century AD) until the end of Rashidi Covenant

Author name: عصام نجم عبد الله المحمدي
Supervisor name: احمد حسين احمد الجميلي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: We still have been considering the impassivity of understanding the history of the Arab nation without understanding the political and sociable issues which from an important ritual part of its human experience in addition to our evasion to realize the other living issues . On top of that ,this matter presents true image about the nation march and avoid us to involve in the hold of many political studies that strove directly or indirectly , intended or unintended loo reveal that the Islamic Arad history is a kind of conflicts and that it wasn't homogeneous . and Arab history is a kind of conflicts and that it wasn't homogeneous. and according to this sense , the research of economic derdopment is a serious part of studying the cultural history of the nation . so the important study of this research reel on the economies activity in the north of peninsula in pre - Islam in the forth century . until the end of al Rashid period which is one of the most important region . that has huge, natural and economic resources in many types of economic life . tndeed the north of peninsula which was order whelmed by the Arabic sects to the north . afar that it has been accompanied by ifs economic experiences as well as its else to the two largest cultural in the era of al Sassanid and peseta culture. A lot of troubles brazened us in the research . as well as the lack of economic information which is found in many times . the research includes . many cities in the Arabian peninsula . in addition to the circumstances accruing in the conntry including the killing , displacing , oppression , instability , and chaos that filled our land . so the research aos exalted on three main regions in the north of the Arabian penin sula . which are al hera kingdom in Iraq AL Gasser an kingdom and almodina al munawara . inhale classified my study into four chapters , the first chapter deals with SoCal and political issues about al hear king dom , AlGassassna king dom , and yathreb city and each one of these reqions has one section . whereas chapter tow deals with the economic activity in yathrn city in three stages in pr - Islam and the era of message and al rashideen age that results in economic activity in yathreb in each of theses three terms and each study dealt with each point that we mentioned it previously . chapter three deals with the economic activity in adhere kingdom and has constructed into three sections . each one deals with the period that we mentioned before and what is going on about the changes and circumstances . We have to indicate to AL tabary , because those figures has given us useful in formation in the economic and sociable scope . in fact the historic book were not sufficient to create the economic developments so we asked for abscess and financial books of abo Yosef , ibn adam . ibn rijab, and ibn tslam . also we took some excepts from books of countries and geography of abalathry and ibn kurdazba , and ibn abdullha kam these excerpts are very early and rigorous at the same time . whereas the books of layers of bn said ibn abdullbar have been great and in it s vital in formation for the wealth of the , leaders magistrates and the growth of economy . Fur there more , we have to indicate to the literary and language books of al jacinth , tbn and ull rad , and al thaaliby that have excellent contexts which deal with the economic circumstances . whereas the modern responses . in which the writing of aldoory Abdul - Aziz and salin al ali have a great role in lightening several parts of our esearch and our indicating to important resources desides , the writings of towed ali , hashim almallah , ahmed al sharif , mr. abdullaziz salim , Yousef chanima , najman yaseen , Muhammad Batavia , and also the foreign translated resonrees of jarhy zidan , beogolifzkis , Nordic m diso and dentist . those all figures have great role in presenting the political. Social , economic , ans thought full efforts which are related to the topic and the period of the research in a simple and modern from

سنجار في العهد الملكي 1921 - 1958م : دراسة تاريخية

Author name: محمود شيخ سين حسو
Supervisor name: زهير علي احمد النحاس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: كان شن الحملات العسكرية العثمانية ضد الطائفة اليزيدية من ابرز سمات تاريخ منطقة سنجار نظرا لرفض اليزيدية للانظمة والقوانين التي كانت تسنها الدولة العثمانية ولاسيمرافضهم اداء الخدمة العسكرية الالزامية والذي كان احد المعضلات الرئيسة التي واجهتها ايضا الحكومات العراقية المتعاقبة في العهد الملكي (1921 - 1958) وكانت سببا في اندلاع اقوى الحركات المسلحة في منطقة سنجار الواهي حركة داود الداودي عام 1935، وهنالك اسباب اخرى لذلك الصراع تتعلق بقيام اليزيدية بعمليات مسلحة للانتقام من الدولة العثمانية كرد فعل على هجماتها عليهم اذ اخذوا يعملون على قطع الطرق ونهب القوافل التجارية وقتل المسلمين من ابناء العشائر هناك مموالد حقدا وكراهية بين الجانبين ولاسيما عند اليزيدية الذين شرعوا بالتعاون مع اي جهة لا ينتمي اليها المسلمون، ومن هنا جاءت محاولاتهم للوقوف الى جانب سلطات الاحتلال البريطاني ورفضهم الشديد قبول حكومة عربية دون انتداب او وصاية بريطانية. كانت تعد سنجار من المناطق الحدودية التي تعج بالتواجد العشائري المتعدد الالوان والاصول ، لذا فان النزاعات العشائرية، كانت واحدة من ابرز سماتها الاجتماعية، وعلى الرغم من ذلك فانها شهدت تحالفات عشائرية لاجل التعايش والتعاون ضمن الوطن الواحد ، ومما يلاحظ على منطقة سنجار، عدم مساهمتها، وبشكل فاعل، في الاحداث الوطنية الحاصلة في العراق، ومن الاسباب التي تقف وراء ذلك بعدها عن مركز القرار وعدم وجود النخب الاجتماعية المؤثرة فيها ، فضلا عن ضعف انتشار الافكار السياسية والاقتصادية والاجتماعية فيها، لكونها منطقة نائية لا تتوفر فيها الخدمات المهمة مثل بقية المدن العراقية، مما قلل في ذلك الجانب من فعاليتها .فعلى الرغم مما اعتراها من مشاكل ومعوقات ونزاعات فقد تميزت سنجار بكونها النموذج المصغر للتعايش السلمي في العراق فهي تحمل كل الوان الطيف الوطني ومن مختلف الاعراق والطوائف والمذاهب وتمثل بحق البوتقة التي انصهرت فيها الانتماءات والاتجاهات المختلفة والتي اجتمع سكانها جميعا على اصالة الوطن العراقي وحب الانتماء اليه.حاولت الحكومة العراقية والسلطات المحلية ايلاء اهتمامها بمنطقة سنجار في اواخر الاربعينيات من القرن الماضي وعملت على انجاز عدد من المشاريع الخدمية والصحية والتعليمية فيهوادابت على كسب ود وولاء الاهالي هناك عبر اللقاءات العديدة المتبادلة بين الطرفين، لكن من جانب اخر لم تول الحكومات العراقية المتعاقبة، ولم تعط لسنجار الاهمية من حيث انجاز المشاريع الاستثمارية سواء في القطاع الزراعي او الصناعي، على الرغم وجود الامكانيات المشجعة في سنجار، اذ لم تشملها مشاريع مجلس الاعمار لاجل تطوير وتعمير المنطقة

الصراع بين المماليك والقوى السياسية في المشرق الاسلامي بين (658 - 856هـ/1260 - 1452م) == The conflict between Mamelukes and political powers in Islamic Orient Between 658 - 856 A.H / 1260 - 1452 A.D

Author name: مصطفى هاشم عبد العزيز محمود الحنون
Supervisor name: علاء محمود قداوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The Mamelukes conflict with the political forces represented by (Mongols, Algelaurin, Karakoyunlu, AKoyunlu, and the Taymoreen) in the Islamic Orient, during the search period considered the important conflicts in this region, so that the Islamic Orient was living in a state of turmoil and tension in public affairs after an invasion of Maghoul causing it to become an arena for disputes and conflicts between the Mamelukes one hand and political forces vying other hand, and after the victory of the Mamelukes on Mongols in the battle of Ain Jalut years (658 A.D / 1260 A.H) became their deal with the threat of these powers and influence to prevent the extension of the Levant and Egypt. Especially after the occupation of Iraq by Mongols and falling succession Abbasiya state. This prompting the parties should enter into open confrontation with the two ex - neighborly along the Euphrates River. It posed a threat to the interests and security of the Mamelukes. Add to this that those forces pursued a hostile policy toward the Mamelukes, and the tendencies towards the military occupation of the Levant after completing their control of Iraq, but these directions address them Mamelukes in several confrontations at different time periods and the importance of these battles in Islamic history were it to highlight the message relevance and importance of the subject managed here. To give an idea about this subject has been divided thesis to preface and four chapters, which included preparing a brief study on the beginnings of the State of the Mamelukes first in Egypt and the Levant, and the onset of the Mongols force worked to control the Orient Islamic era Genghis Khan and his successors. First chapter deals with the first quarter of conflict thesis among the Mamelukes and the Mongols Alaelkhanien of years (723 A.D/ 1323 A.H), which addressed the most important conflicts that occurred between the Mongols and the Mamelukes the era of Sultan Baibars that conflict, which erupted after the Battle of Ain Jalut where the Euphrates River the boundary between the two States, and presented the study on the evolution era of Sultan Al - Mansour Kala'un by Palmgool able to inflict a crushing defeat at Homs years (680 A.D/ 1281 A.H). As for the magistrates held between the Mongols and the Mamelukes years (681 A.H/ 1282 A.D) Following Teduadr Ahmed took power and declared Islam, they then concluded that the renewed conflict between the two countries following the Argun APGA Ben Hulagu Alaelkhanet authority of the State, which pursued a hostile policy toward Mamelukes.It also says the Magistrate held between the Mongols Alaelkhanien and the Mamelukes in the year (723 A.H/ 1323 A.D) Convention, which held as a result of power struggles between princes Mongols, which was a result of this this way that weakened state Alaelkhanet often as not be able to face the Mamelukes militarily. The second chapter devoted to the conflict when they abounded Algelauri led Quinley zones of influence in Iraq, Azerbaijan, which ensures the Mamelukes role in the collapse of the State and the State Alaelkhanet Algelaurih role in trying to represent the Mamelukes in providing military and material assistance to Sheikh Hassan Al Kabeer in the struggle for power with Sheikh Hassan Al Sagheer, as presented thesis Mamelukes conflict with each Algelaurien Quinlo and led to northern Iraq through converted Mamelukes in assisting Kurdish Prince Hassan Bin Hindu to enable it to capture Mosul, which included attempts by the Mamelukes to extent their influence on Baghdad year (767 A.H / 1365 A.D), Tabriz in the year (790 A.H / 1388 A.D) through the assistance of Qarah leader Mohamed Quinlo led to the occupation in exchange for the latter loyalty and obedience to them. Chapter III is devoted to the study of conflict even when they abounded Timorese occupation of the Levant Timorese in the year (803 A.H/ 1400 A.D), we handled the emergence of Timor, and the proportion of its inception, and how their composition, and then after that we process Timor invasion of Iraq, Azerbaijan and study the position of the Mamelukes of the invasion, which represents an attempt alliance with the Mamelukes political forces opposed to the East representative Bamgool Algovjak The Principality led Quinellet and Ottoman state, as well as attempts in the early Arab State to provide military support to Sultan Ahmed Algelauri to restore areas of influence in Iraq. Turning to Chapter IV occupation of the Levant Timorese years (803 A.H / 1400 A.D) and the resultant political developments ended Tamerlane withdrawal from the Levant under the Magistrate to attend after Tamerlane to face nemesis Ottoman Sultan Bayezid Blderm However, the conflict did not stop after the withdrawal despite the calm period lasted until year (833 A.H/ 1429 A.D), as soon as the conflict between the two countries returned to the era Shahrokh son Timur. And in this chapter we review the study of this conflict until the year (856 A.H/ 1452 A.D

سبط ابن الجوزي مؤرخا للحروب الصليبية : دراسة في سيرته ونصوصه التاريخية == SIBT IBN AL - JAWZI AS A HISTORIAN OF THE CRUSADES A Study of his life and his Historical Narrative

Author name: شكيب راشد بشير ال فتاح
Supervisor name: جزيل عبد الجبار شيت الجومرد
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: منذ ان اخذت الحروب الصليبية حيزها في الدراسات التاريخية ، كانت لدراسة المصادر العربية عن تلك الحروب مكانتهوااهميتها ، ولاسيموااننا نجد في معظم الاعمال المنشورة قد خصصت جزء من مقدماتها في نقد ودراسة تلك المصادر ، ولعل ابرز من قام بدارستها كوحدة منفصلة لا في مقدمات الكتب المنشورة هو المستشرق الانكليزي هملتون جب (Hamilton Gibb) ومن بعده الانكليزي ايضا بنيمان وورسلي (Pennyman Worsloy)، لكن كلا المستشرقين نجد ان ابحاثهما لا تخرج عن نطاق الفترة المبكرة للحروب الصليبية ، وعن المقارنات ما بين ابن القلانسي (555هـ/1160م) من جهة وبين العماد الكاتب (ت597 هـ/1200م) وابن الاثير (ت630 هـ/ 1232م) من جهة اخرى .فضلا عما سبق فمنذ زمن ليس بالبعيد اتخذت الدراسات التاريخية بما يخص الحروب الصليبية في جامعة الموصل خطوات لها ايجابياتها في دراسة المصادر العربية لتلك الحروب كان الهدف الاساسي منها الوصول الى نتائج علمية حول الرؤية العربية الاسلامية المشرقية لتلك المصادر التي تناولت وعرضت مفردات ما عرف بالحملات الصليبية ، وكشف مدى فهم المؤرخين المسلمين المعاصرين لسير المواجهة وشخصياتها الاسلامية والصليبية معا.واستكمالا لسير هذه الخطوات تم اختيار بحثي الموسوم (سبط ابن الجوزي مؤرخا للحروب الصليبية) ، ويعد الاخير شخصية جديرة بالدراسة والبحث ، اذ ولد في بغداد من اصول غير مثيرة للاهتمام ، في حين ان جده من امه ابن الجوزي المشهور قد عوض ما فقده في ذلك الجانب ولذا سمي (سبط ابن الجوزي) ، وعاش في كنفه ما يقارب العقدين الاولين من حياته ، وعندما ضاعت حظوظه بعد وفاة جده سنة (597هـ /1200م) فقد السبط سنده وفرصته ، فضلا عن وفاة بنفشا ام الخليفة الناصر لدين الله (575 - 622هـ/ 1179 - 1224م) فيما بعد والتي كانت ترعاه بعد وفاة جده مثلما حرصت على رعاية الاخير، وبذلك لم يبقى له سوى السفر الى بلاد الشام التي يحكمها افراد البيت الايوبي.وبشكل او باخر فقد نقل السبط مواهبه وامكانياته في الوعظ الى الاماكن التي رحل اليهواقد احسن عرضهواوظفها بما يخدم مكانته العلمية ومواجهة الصليبيين وبلوغه مكانة عالية عند ملوك وامراء البيت الايوبي. فضلا عما سبق فان نتاجاته العلمية الاخرى لا تقل اهمية عن مكانته في الوعظ لاسيما في مجال التاليف ومنها كتابة المعروف (مراة الزمان في تاريخ الاعيان) والذي هو مادة البحث لهذه الاطروحة . اما بالنسبة لمحتويات البحث فقد قسم الى بابين ، تناول كل باب عدة مباحث ، وقد فرض هذا التقسيم نفسه لان في حالة جعل خطة البحث على شكل فصول ستكون هذه الفصول متباينة في حجم مادتهواغير مترابطة ، وتكون الخطة قد اغفلت ذكر الكثير من العناوين المهمة التي وردت في كلا البابين ، فضلا عن ذلك فان سيرة السبط لا يمكن حصرها بفصل واحد وذلك لكون الاخير قد عاش في اكثر من اقليم وعاصر عدة ملوك ، بالاضافة الى تحويل مذهبه وعزارة نتاجه الثقافي .اما بالنسبة للباب الاول فقد تناول سيرة سبط ابن الجوزي وقد قسم الى ستة مباحث اولها نسبة ولادته ، ثم اسرته ، في حين عرض المبحث الثالث نشاته في بغداد وكان في غاية الاهمية للكشف عن ثقافته الاولية ومواردها ، ولم يكن المبحث الرابع اقل اهمية اذ تعرض لرحلاته واستقراره واثر تعامله مع السلطة في ذلك ، اما المبحث الخامس فقد كان تقليدواعرض فيه شيوخه وتدريسه ومؤلفاته ، في حين تكمن اهمية هذا المبحث في مناقشة اسباب تحول مذهبه واستعرض مجالس وعظه التي يمكن القول ان المبالغة نسبيا في عرضها لها ما يبررها . اما المبحث السادس فهو علاقته بالبيت الايوبي ، ولا بد للاشارة هنا ان اهمية هذا المبحث تظهر الكشف عن اسقاطات السبط في التدوين من خلال هذه العلاقة ، ولا سيما عند تدوينه اخبار الحروب الصليبية .ام بالنسبة للباب الثاني فموضوعه في انشاء ومضمون النص ويحتوي على ثمانية مباحث قسم كلا منها عدة فقرات ، وقد تطلبت الضرورة لذلك ، اذ ان من الصعب اختزال هذه العناوين لان في تفصيلهواتكرار مادتها احيانا فائدة في احتواء المادة وهضمها لاسيمواان مثل هذه المواضيع تظهر فيها صعوبة ايجاد لغة تصل الى القارئ بشكل مباشر من دون وجود استطراد واحالات ، وقد يلاحظ ان هوامش البحث بصورة عامة قد اثقلت ، وهذا ما تطلبه لفهم المتن وتوثيقه علميا .وقد تناول المبحث الاول من هذا الباب ترتيب اخبار الحروب الصليبية في سياق الحول الواحد ، اما المبحث الثاني فقد ورد فيه منهج السبط في ذكر زمن الحدث سوء ذكر السنة او الشهر او اليوم ، فضلا عن الكشف بما قام به من حذف الزمن عندما ياخذ روايات من مصادر قد سبقته ، اما المبحث الثالث فقد كان عن الموقع الجغرافي في نصوص السبط وموارد عنده من تعريفات وايضاحات وما اجراه من تغير على اسماء المواقع واثر روح عصره في ذلك ، فضلا عن المواقع التي انفرد بالا شارة اليها . في حين ان المبحث الرابع تناول اعداد الجيوش والاسرى والقتلى والمبالغات التي فيها ، واستعماله لالفاظ التكثير ووصفه لتلك الاعداد . اما المبحث الخامس فقد ورد فيه اسباب حذف بعض مقاطع الروايات التي ياخذها من مصادر سبقته والدوافع الذاتية لذلك ، بالاضافة الى اسلوبه في التدوين العام وعرض الروايات . ولم يختلف المبحث السادس عن فكرة معرفة اسباب الاختصار الذي قام به عندما ينقل روايات مصادر اخرى ، لكن ما هو مختلف ان الاختصار قد لا يغير من مضمون الرواية مثلما نجده في الحذف .اما المبحث السابع فقد استعرض ما ذكره السبط عن الشخصيات الاسلامية التي لها نشاط في الحروب الصليبية ، وكيف ان السبط قيم هذه الشخصيات وفق مقياسه الذي بمقدار جهادها ضد الصليبيين يكون وصفه لها بالشكل الايجابي وكان لنور الدين محمود والمعظم عيسى حيزا في نصوص السبط .ولعل اهم ما في هذا الباب هو المبحث الثامن الذي ورد فيه عرض الشخصيات الصليبية في نصوص السبط وكيف انه ذكر اسماءهوامناصبهواالكشف عن الاخطاء او التصحيف عند ذكرها ، فضلا عن ما انفرد به من معلومات عنها . ويمكن القول ان السبط من اكثر المؤرخين الذين اهتم بهذه الشخصيات اذ ورد عندما يقارب عشرين شخصية قدم عنها معلومات لها اهميتها | Since the crausad wars have taken a significant space in historical studies; the study of Arabic sources about these wars have gained an important space and position. We find that most of the published works have set a side a part of its prefaces to study and criticize these sources. Perhaps the English Orientalis Hamilton Gibb and Pennyman Worsloy were the most prominent of these who studied theses sources separately not within the introductions of the published books. However; we find that their research don’t go beyond the early period of the crusade wars and the comparisons between Ibn - Alqalansi (555 A.H./ 1160 A.D.) from one hand, Alimad - Alkatib (597 A.H./1200 A.D.) and Ibn - Alatheer (630 A.H./ 1232 A.D.) from the other. In addition to what we’ve early said. Not long ago, historical studies in the University of Mosul on the Grusade wars have adopted positive steps in studying the Arabic Source of these wars, the basic objective of which was to attain scientific findings about eastern Islamic Arabic vision upon these sources which have tackled and displayed the terms of what has been called “The Crusade Wars” and revealed how contemporary Islamic historians have perceived the procession of confrontations and the Islamic and crusade characters together. In completion of these steps; my research entitled “Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson (Alsibt) of the crausade wars”. The latter is regarded worthy of study and research. He was born in Baghdad from unsignificant origins; while his grandfather the famous Ibn - Aljawzi was a great compensation for what he had deprived from in this regard, therefore he was called “Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson (Alsibt)”. He has grown up under his patronage for about the first two decades of his life. After the death of his grandfather; he lost the support and the opportunity. Later by the death of “BAnfsha” the mother of the caliph Alnasir Lideenilah (575 - 622 A.H./ 1179 - 1224 A.D.) who was looking after him after the death of his grandfather as well as the latter, he decided to trarel to Damascus which was governed by the Ayoobi Family members. In a way or another, the grandson (Alsibt) has conveyed his talents and abilities to the place he traveled to and excellently and exploited them in such a manner served his scientific position in confrontation with the crusaders and in attaining a high rank upon the kings and princes of the Ayoobi Family Basides what has been already mentioned, his other scientific works are not less important than his position in preaching especially in book composition such as his famous book “Time Mirror in the History of Notables” which is the subject of this dissertation. As for the research contents; they have been divided into two sections each one has dealt with several topics. This division was unavoidable; as if the research plan had been put in chapters, they would have been differing in the size of material and would have seemed unconnected. And thus, the plan might have disregarded many of the important topics mentioned in both sections. In addition to that, the biography of the Grandson (Alsibt) could not be confined to a sigle chapter as he had lived in more than one country and was a contemporary of several kings as well as his belief conversion and the abundance of his cultural works. As to the first section it has dealt with the biography of Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson AlSibt. It was divided into six topics. The first was about his birth and the second one about his family. The third topic displayed his early life Baghdad. It was the most significant among other topics as it revealed the resources of his earlier culture. The fourth topic was of the same significance as it tackled his trips and settlement and the outcome of dealing with the authority in this regard. The fifth topic was a tradition and has demonstrated his teachers, education and his compilations, its importance lies in the discussion about the reasons of his belief conversion and the display his preaching sessions; the relative overstatement of the display could be justified. The sixth topic was about his relation with the Ayoobi family. Here we must mention that the significance of this topic lies in revealing the omissions the Grandson (Alsibt) made in writing due to this relation, especially when he wrote down the events of the Crusade wars. The second section’s subject is about the text content and composition. It contains eight topics, each one is divided into many paragraphs for the necessity, it was difficult to reduce these titles, since the details and the repetition of its material sometimes are helpful in under standing it; and such subject are of particular difficulty in finding a direct reaching the reader with no digression and references. It is generally noted that the research footnotes have been overburdened which was necessary to perceive the text and for scientific documentation. The first topic of this section has dealt with the events sequence of the crusade wars in a one - year context. The second topic has discussed the Grandson’s (Sibt) methodology in mentioning the date whether the year, the month or the day of the event as well as revealing the omissions of dates he had made when reciting from sources prior to him. The third topic approached the definitions and explanations of the geographical location in the Grandson’s (Alsibt) texts, the changes he had made on the names of locations and the impact of his age spirit on that, as well as the locations that were only reported by him. The fourth topic has dealt with the numbers of armies, captives and killed in the battles, associated exaggerations and the use of multiplication terms in describing these numbers. The fifth topic has mentioned the reasons and self - motives behind the omission of some of the narration parts that he used to recite from sources to him, as well as his technique in general recording and narration display. The sixth topic discussed the same idea about realizing the reasons of brevity he had made when he recited from other sources. However what is different is that brevity might not change the content of the narration as omission does. The seventh topic was a review of what the Grandson (AlSibt) had mentioned about the Islamic characters actively participated in the crusade wars and how he had evaluated them according to his criterion and have positively described them according to their holly fight against Crusaders. Noor Aldeen Mahmood and E’asa Almuadham, for example occupied a remarkable space in the Grandson’s (AlSibt) texts. Perhaps the most significant in this section is the eighth which has included a review of the Crusade characters in the Grandson’s (AlSibt) texts; their names, ranks the revealing of the errors occurred during misreading and the unique information he had reported on them as well. In short, the Grandson (Alsibt) is among the most historians who was interested in such characters. He reported important information about nearly twenty them. Placed at the head the characters. He reported important information about nearly twenty of them. Placed at the head the characters of the Pope and Fredrick the second, the leader of the sixth Crusade campaig

العلاقات الليبية التركية 1969ــ 1989 : دراسة سياسية ـ اقتصادية

Author name: نبيل عكيد محمود المظفري
Supervisor name: محمد علي داهش
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: Turkey forms one of the most important states in the region for it gets a geostrategic weight and it neighbors the Arab Home land and at the same time it has relations with the western states . This has prepared for Turkey suitable conditions to achieve an important role in the region . Arab - Turkish relations has passed through various stages and Libya is one of those states which has relations with Turkey . Relations between them has witnessed a turning point in 1975 and included various aspects discussed in this study . The study consists of five chapters . The first presents a summery for historical ties between Libya and Turkey . The first section deals with the Ottoman conquest of Tripoli in 1551 , aspects of general relations between both sides during Karmanli era (1711 - 1835) , the participation of people in this Williat inside Ottoman Mabuthan council , the relations of Ottman state with Sanusi . The second section speaks about relations of both sides after the Italian occupation of this Williat and the resistance by the Libyan people compined with large number of Turkish officers and soldiers . The third section tackles Turkish - Libyan relations during independence starting from the Turkish attitude towards the Libyan issue inside the United Nations till it got its independence in December 1951 and the subsidiaries presented by Turkey to Libya , after the independence as well as economic relations between two countries till 1969 . The second chapter is dedicated for political relations . The first section deals with the Revolution of September Its, 1969 and the Turkish attitude from it . Turkey has passed through a critical position for when the revolution had taken place , King Idris Al - Snusi was making a tourist round in Turkey and the latter should have taken a definite position towards the revolution and the King . The second section speaks about political relations of both countries and the principles of foreign policy of Libya and his factors which affect this policy including Arab - Turkish relations in general , and the visits made by officials of both countries . The third chapter sheds light upon foreign affairs which affect Libyan - Turkish relations and at the beginning of these affairs was the Palestine issue , it often play a large role in the politics of Arab states towards the others especially those which are joined with good relations with Israel . The issue of Cyprus was a key of good relations between both countries especially after the military intervention of Turkey in Cyprus in 1974 and the Libyan support for it as well as the issue of Turkish minority in Bulgaria which have occupied a huge space in the attention of Turkish politicians . In addition , there were other issue which entangle the relations of both sides and the most significant ones was the continuos assaults of U.S.A upon Libya and the negative attitude of Turkey from this . Economy was the main aspect in bilateral relations of both countries . Thus , the researcher has specialized the last two chapters to search in to economic relations . The forth chapter tackled economic relations in fields of oil and trade . The researcher handled in the first section oil exploration in Libya and the beginning of production and export to the states . Turkey was one of states which made good efforts in getting the Libyan oil . Oil relations has developed since 1975 after the political release in their relations . While the second section talked about commercial relations between both sides and the factors which affected its development including the speech about kinds of commercial goods and trade balance . The last chapter , the researcher stood on other economic aspects in their relations and at the beginning was the joint investments in the fields of industry and agriculture . So , many joint companies and enterprises between both countries have been set up like fertilizers , and machinaries factories and setting up workshops and factories for maintenance as well as joint companies like the joint company for agriculture and husbandry . Then , the researcher talked about the Turkish companies working in side Libya particularly inside contracts sectors and those companies played animportant role in the field of construction and building roads and other things .the third section ,the researcher spoke about investments and financial aids presented by Libya to turkey like providing easy loans , joint banks, and tourism and how it supports the Turkish economy, the last section sheds light upon Turkish workers who work in Libya and their own role in establishing different projects and handling some problems in which the Turkish economy was suffering from and at the first was unemployment and deficit in Turkish budget various resources have been used in preparing this study and in front of them were published and unpublished documents ,official publications for both Libyan and Turkish governments ,united nations publications as well as books in various languages and scientific researches published in periodicals and newspapers

الردة في جنوب شبه جزيرة العرب (10 - 12هـ) : دراسة تاريخية == Apostasy in the South of Arab Peninsula (10 - 12 A.H) Historical Study

Author name: عمر امجد صالح
Supervisor name: هاشم يونس عبد الرحمن
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: Islam in A.D. seventh century was considered a great event, but rather a great reforming movement which has been witnessed by the world along its long history; and many sequential reforming movements have been appeared in the world, but they did not success in changing the prevalent corruptive situations, and crushing the anxious circumstances which were facing the world in that time. Islam has affirmed since its beginning, that it is a general universal religion, which is suitable for every time and place, and even for every gender and mind, and for every degree of civilization; and with its nature represents a comprehensive civilization, which leads the human to the highest ranks of life, and achieving the development of humans, and solving the political and social problems, and it calls for unity, brotherhood, liberty and equality. Whatever the Arabs had have a great civilization heritage and a prominent role in the old ages, but their great historical role appears clearly in the state they made after Islam, and in the prosperous civilization whom they made its bases with their guidance and supervision till it extends behind their state's borders. Because Islam was considered a great event, it was to face a conflict and hostile movements, and Islam has faced in the era of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) many conflict movements; the first one was led by Quraish leaders in Makka for thirteen years, then the migration of the prophet Mohammed with his followers to Madina, and then Islam has faced two other conflict movements; the first was the hypocrites movement, and the second was the Jewish tribes movement, but Islam was able to defeat them. In the last days of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) another conflict movement becomes to appear and it was considered one of the most dangerous movements facing Islam, it was the apostasy movement (al - rida) which called for getting rid of the central state in Madina, which grew quickly and became dangerous after the die of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him), and became wide in many areas of Arab peninsula, and had have many forms, and became different with its bases, styles and means, but it was agreed on that it was the most dangerous on the religious, social, political and economical unity of the Arab peninsula, and this led the Islamic Arabic state to make a wide war to defeat it. Studying the subject of apostasy is considered one of the most important subjects in the Islamic Arabic history, that this historical period is connected commonly with the Islamic Arabic existence which became threatened with the absence of the real founder, and shifting the mission of power to the Caliph Abu Bakr (may Allah be pleased with him). As well as, this movement is considered one the critical subjects in the Islamic history for its coming results, and for its involving events dealt by the references which were different in its understanding, and varied in its presentation and events and making judgments. Also the researcher felt the importance of the subject through its looking into the historical studies made around him, either reliance on the old reference or the modern ones. Although the short period of the apostasy movements starting from (10 - 12A.H./631 - 633A.D.) but the continuous events were important and connected with the existed situation in Arab peninsula regions with its tribal formation which moved many of the events facing the growth of mission (Da'wa), which gives us religious, political, economical and social sides conncted originally with the psychological and mental formation of the Arabic personality, which was affected with the live in environment. Although, the first appearances of apostasy movements in Arab peninsula were in the south, and with its claimer Al - Aswad Al - Ansi in Yemen, but it is noted that the last movements were in the south regions too, and the apostasy of Kenda, Hathermot tribes leaded by Al - AshaathBin Qais Al - Kindey, so the apostasy movements in the south took along time and that led to its widen its dangerous on the central state in Madina. It is noted that many of the studies made by the modern researchers dealt with apostasy movements in general with ambiguity and enumeration without and addition or analysis, as well as the shorten of displaying the different sides of the subject, also some of these studies dealt with apostasy movements in the middle and east regions of Arab peninsula, from this starting point the researcher proposed to deal with the apostasy movements in south regions of Arab peninsula, and the thesis was entitled with "Apostasy in the South of Arab peninsula (10 - 12A.H) Historical Stud ", where it dealt with apostasy events in Yemen, Hathermot, Mohra, and Oman for they represent the south and south east of Arab peninsula, and for that nobody of the researchers has dealt with in an academic and scientific study. From this point, the researcher saw necessary to deal with this subject and giving a comprehensive and clear image for every part of its parts and solving its historical studying problem. The researcher did his best to make this study appears in the frame of historical, descriptive method of the historical events, so he presented a very accurate description for it. This study consisted of four chapters, the first one deals with "The Geographical and Human Situations in the South of Arab peninsula", and it depended on two main axes; the first axis talked about(The Geographical Situations) of south regions in Yemen, Hathermot and Oman, shedding light on the geographical position, name, elevations, and the weather, and the most important cities of these main regions. While the second axis talked about (The Human Situations) with its social population formation in the south, and also the religious and conductive formation of the Arabic tribes in the region before Islam, giving a detailed kinship about every tribe and its origin and name, and its social, political and economical life beside dealing with the religious thinking nature of these tribes, and the old celestial religions like Jewish and Christianity and so on. Concerning the second chapter, it dealt with (The Administrative and Financial Situations in the South of Arab peninsula); and its depended on three axes : the first and second ones dealt with the bases and principles of Islam, explaining the entry of many Arab peninsula regions in the new religion, and the coming of the Arab tribes to the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) declaring homage and obedience for him (peace be upon him). While the third axis talked about the new administration systems in the Message era, explaining the administration of the prophet Mohammed for these regions through sending the envoys, brigades to achieve security and stability, and then sending rulers and designating them to collect charities and managing the peoples' affairs. Concerning the third chapter, it displayed (Apostasy Movement, Beginning and Reasons), and this chapter depended on four axes : the first one dealt with the meaning of apostasy, and the linguistic and terminological meaning in Koran and Sunna; while the second one dealt with the first beginnings of it in the Message's era, with its claimer Al - Aswad Al - Ansi in Yemen in the last days of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) life, the third axis dealt with apostasy in orthodox caliphate era and the surrounded situations of electing Abu Bakr Al - Sedeeq (may Allah be pleased with him), and explaining the way of apostasy movements beginning, and the tribes whom they committed apostasy. While the fourth axis dealt with the religious, political, economical and social reasons behind that. The fourth chapter dealt with (The Procedures and Measures which made by the Caliph Abu Bakr Al - Sedeeq to Crush the Apostasy Movements and the Important Results) and on the same method, the chapter depended on many axes : the first one, the military efforts of the Caliphate in the north, and it concentrated on the mission of Usama Bin Zaid in Syria, and the security measures of the Caliph to protect Madina, and he collected the eleventh brigades to face apostasy. While the second axis talked about the military efforts of the Caliphate in the south, and showing the important military efforts which participated in crushing the apostasy in Oman, Mohra, Hathermot and Yemen, besides finding out the important religious, political, economical and social results of these apostasy movements. This study was not easy or empty of difficulties, where the researches faced great difficulties during the preparation of this study, the most important of it was the shortage of references and sources which dealt with this subject directly, where most these references represented a general history of the period except some of those which specialized with this subject, the subjects of the thesis were disarranged inside the references and sources with great efforts, and one of the most difficulties which faced the researcher was the difference of editions and shortage of the historical references, and this made the researcher to travel to the neighbor countries to get the necessary scientific subjects to cover this study, and the researcher depended on many of the well known scientific encyclopedias which involved electronic libraries contain thousands of the historical references where they were brought from outside to fill the gap resulted from the shortage of references, and manuscripts in the Iraqi libraries as well as, the researched depended on a number of the personal libraries for a number of the professors. I have fulfilled the scientific subject (historical) of this thesis through many and different sources dealt with the subject of the thesis from many sides, varied in the plenty of its subjects and methods and the way of formulation, where some of them shed light on many historical facts, where some of them dealt with certain points or refer to certain events, besides this variation and harmony the researched tried to check the historical subject, especially that the information or reports transferred from many Muslims historians in this subject have been affected to some extent with the religious and thinking directions of their owners

حزب توده ودوره السياسي في ايران 1963 - 1979 == Tuda Party and the action on the political Iran 1963 - 1979

Author name: بتول كاظم عــزال الشمري
Supervisor name: احمد كاظم محسن بندر البياتي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: In spite of the important the effort of TUDA party and the others political parties in IRAN , and the High Interests that the academic studies in IRAQ that interested for the modern History of IRAN But the period for our study is far a long from the another studies for masters, that was our project title. To fill Historical space n Historical Library , Farther more our study s follow the situation of TUDA party at this periode, this study is extend for another studies od masters and PHD's that add t another studies to making encyclopedia for our night boor country and the Historical , Religion , political , Relation that contact us to Iranian people. This study include production and 4 chapters and End. The first chapter study the Tuda party and it's action on the poetical of Iran in the age (1920 - 1963) that study the born of this party from it's start 1920 to the falling of Ridha Shah 1941, and Internal development's that happened in political life n Iran in age (1941 - 1946) this chapter discuss the end of 2nd war to 1963.Chapter 2 discuss Tuda party and political interview against the internal political Life at the periode (1963 - 1971), that show the opinion of this party for the white Revolution that made from the Shah Mohammed Ridha Bahlawi at 1963, and the immunity that gave to the American employers n IRAN at 1964 and Shah altitude against their party 1964 - 1965) and the special sides of the attempt of assassination of Shah at 1965 and the altitude of this party against Ameer Abbas Huwa'da Government during 1965 - 1971 father more the study the organization that generated from TUDA 1966 - 1971.Chapter 3 explained (the Tuda party and political action )(1971 - 1977) that mad spotlight on the student's . socialism movements during this years and the relation with Kurdistan party and the performance of Nahda party and the Dhaffar activities in OMAN during 1975 - 1977. And the economical situations in IRAN at 196 - 1977.The chapter 4 the activity of political situations in IRAN and the interviews o TUDA party against of this situations we take the Interst of TUDA to falling the Shah system 1978 - 1979. And it's Relation with the Religious Institude and it's interview from the Istomic Governments after the Shah falling. The very important target for our studies to make complete foundation of TUDA party an it's continuity and it's gain to acceptance of citizen that it's Should stop at assign periode o time or that support from out Iran such n past (soviet support ) Tuda party was depend from its peoples that support this party and realize the Request's of peoples , that Realization missed from he Tuda that cause fail to trust of the people of IRAN

الحياة الفكـرية في مدينة الكاظمـية (1921 - 1958) == The Ideological side for the Kadumya city 1921 - 1958

Author name: رضا كريم محمد عبد الحسين العامري
Supervisor name: سهيل صبحي سلمان الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the ideological side for the Kadumya city has the special importance. Cause it mean the clearance of the fact for this city through the targets and the functions according to the visual of the ideological study for the Ahlul Bait (peace of them).The important of this study is detect the secrets of this city that known us the important Iraqian city depend on the Historical side. That is act on the accidents the 20th century. Cause it became the leader of a lot of muslems and act as castle for the Eslam in according of it's feature and Reference in Religion Kadumya has the glories position cause it has the Shranes of Musa al - Kadum and Muhammad Al - Jawad, this feature give ideological rise(revolution) and making complicated mixture from Religions currents, and marksian, homelands, democrats Transitions acting with the changing in the world of Kadumya a adopt the Religion current and the idea of the Saving the History and civilization and developing with Islamic ZONE.Furthermore the gathering with the new age of change this genate new ideological mode in this city on all the life sides.There are a lot of reasons push me to select this object the important reason is the Ideological side for this city during the Royal age (Kingdome of Iraq) this periods has no attempts Tuesday or analyses from the searchers and Specialists. This Ideological Side stay without any attempt of deeping study to analysis the Ideological, Philosophical of this city, and the contacts with the real life of Iraq.The another target of this study and clear the acting of this city to guide the direction of minting cause it become the school of Ideology that generate anew culture (uniqe) hase from science and important tool and weapon that adopted by the Ideological men for develop a new Idology for the people of Iraq. The recent study is divided for five partition and Abstract, The part one is the Kadumya city develop and the second part Explain the Intellectual ten in Kadumya city since nineteen twenty part is discussion in famous pinorsin Kadumya city and Intellectual produced since (1921 - 58. The fourth part is include the reformation Intellectual Share in (1921 - 1958).

التعليم في الموصل 1932 ـ 1963 : دراسة تاريخية == Education In Mosul 1932 - 1963 A Historical Study

Author name: بيداء سالم صالح عزيز البكر
Supervisor name: ابراهيم خليل احمد العلاف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: Studying Education in Mosul during the Period 1932 - 1963 is considered one of the most important studies which takes part in showing the cultural identity for the city. Mosul is being recognized by so many official, private and forign schools. These schools have great effect in developing the process of education . Al - Ma'riff Councils in Mosul province had their own role in watching and supervising education curricula in all study stages and even in building and reconstructing Schools. Non - Class activities had its role in developing the process of education throughout pupils' participations in issuing bulletins school news paper. In Mosul, there were educational establishments like Al - Majmu'a Al - Thaqafya. It had its role in providing Musli society with technical, agri cultural and industrial Cadres . When July, 14, Revolution had taken place there was an enlargement in the field of education but with scare efficiency. Huge numbers in quantity were too heavy and at the expense of quality improvement. This increase in education size had led to an increase in school and pupils numbers. Changes had taken place in the curricula and attempts had been taken to make primary education compulsory. But such attempts went in vain becouse they were not subjected to educational philosophy. Conferences were held and attempts were made to join primary education with the local adminstration. In Mosul, the local adminstration tried to establish and reconstruct somany schools . After July Revolution 1958, attention for school nutrition and taking care with the pupils had increased and parents and teachers councils were being formed. There was a sort of cooperation between and school . Ministry of Edacation had its own active home role in directing the pupils brining up aiming at establishing councils and strengthening relation ship between pupils' parents and teachers at school. The years 1959 - 1963 had witnessed the emergence of so many colleges in Mosul like college of Medicine, college of Engineering and college of science . One of the revolutions 'achierements was the emergence of professional organizations for both teachers and pupils . Teachers association, general union for pupils had been founded. Those two associations had branches for them in Mosul and got an important role upon professional and political levels. Some negative effects had appeared in thier activities and this in turn had been reflected on education in Mosul creating political and intellectual struggles which shared in retreating men of learning and education to fulfill their own holy duties. But this did not prevent continuation of education process due to efforts made in this respect and the fruit was the expansion of those who want to get learned and their specializations and participations had been varied in building up a contemporary society in Iraq.

احوال الموصل الاقتصادية 1834 - 1918م : دراسة تاريخية == Economic Conditions of Mosul 1834 - 1918 A Historical Study

Author name: غسان وليد مصطفى الجوادي
Supervisor name: ابراهيم خليل احمد العلاف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: Studying the economic history of Iraqi cities during the Ottoman Era (1516 - 1918) has no longer got the attention of scholars except recently in spite of its importance in knowing the circumstances of the individual and society as well as its impact upon both social and political aspects. Due to the importance of economic aspect and the scarcity of information concerning the period of the study, this dissertation has come to highlight the economic aspects of Mosul City under the title Economic Conditions of Mosul 1834 - 1918 A Historical Study.The dissertation contains four chapters. The first has come to talk about the importance of city location from economic aspect and its effect in commercial movement taken place in Mosul since Ottoman control and the most important events of Mosul. The chapter has not neglected the remark of aspects of administration, construction and how they have been affected by starvation, drought and wars. The chapter also tackles the transformations happened in the city. The second chapter deals with the commercial and professional activities, the most important trade routes, means of communications, the role played by the state in activating trade as well as Mosul itself having a great ability in promoting trade by markets, inns and big shops.The chapter also mentions the internal and external commerce and professional aspects of Mosul and the reasons behind the backwardness of the city in this field. The third chapter deals with the topic of agriculture starting from the study of feudal system and role of the state in issuing laws and the role played by Medhat Pasha, walley of Baghdad (1869 - 1872) in applying these laws in Iraqi provinces especially Tabu Law and the results of applying such laws mentioning the position farmers and agricultural activity in Mosul. The fourth chapter highlights the financial aspect by mentioning city resources especially taxes and methods used in gaining these taxes as well as the role of the state in financial reform and currency used by the banks. The dissertation concludes that Mosul having such an important geographical location has helped in achieving economic activities but on the contrary, the city has not exploited this feature due to the absence of security in its places and the trade caravans being exposed to attacks of tribes on the main commercial routes. This is one of the main reasons why the city has not been a trade center by traders from other provinces like Aleppo. Also, families have remained controlling the economic aspect during the period of the study. In industrial field, initiatives by capitalists to invest their own money and building up a developed industry have no any existence by we see that professions have stayed undeveloped. In agricultural field, in spite of issuing laws during the second half of the nineteenth century, agriculture and farmers conditions has not changed for the better. As for the financial field, role of the state has just stayed in collecting taxes and increasing its amounts with the scarcity of expenses on services aspects. Banks which have been established in Mousl, its services are dedicated only for few traders and this in its turn has limited the commercial activities of such banks

روح الله الخميني ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام1979 == Rawh Allah ALkhaminii Wanashatuh ALsiyasiu Hataa Aam 1979

Author name: هشام رزاق علي هليبي الجبوري
Supervisor name: احمد كاظم محسن بندر البياتي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Praise be to Allah, Lord of the worlds, peace and blessings be upon the noble prophets and messengers Muhammad bin Abdullah al - Sadiq, the faithful and the envoy, mercy to the worlds and to his family and companions.Mr. Chairman of the Committee of the respected discussion .... Dear members of the discussion committee ... Honorable attendance ... Peace, mercy and blessings of God…Thanks to God and His grace, the researcher completed his study (Ruhollah Khomeini and his political activity until 1979). The research shows the impact of the social environment on the emergence of Mr. Khomeini, who grew up in a religious - oriented intellectual environment that believes in the separation of religion and politics and the establishment of a modern state according to Islamic law.Shows through research the impact of the social environment and clear on the genesis of Mr. Khomeini, as it grew up in a religious environment, an intellectual approach, not to believe in the separation of religion and politics, and the establishment of a modern state according to Islamic law.The most important ordains contribution during his studies in support of the possession of Qom in the time of the estate leader Sheikh Abdul Karim Haeri and reference Mr. Boroujerdi and his excesses of the Pahlavi family on a religious seminary as part of its possession, and his position in Iran of the Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi, the policy represented by a number of laws, which accounted for its projects reform, the most important figure of religious was addressed to the orientations of the Shah, especially on the hijab and positive laws concerning society, including freedom of women, and the project of agrarian reform (white Revolution) in 1963, the immunity of advisers and American military personnel in Iran, which faced Khomeini b Dah, which led to his deportation in 1964 to Turkey, Iraq and France as a reference point with the thought of carrying an integrated Islamic project viable project in Iran is facing Western Shah. And stand fans and seamlessly behind the reference of Mr. Khomeini's Islamic and mobilized against the Shah's secular trends, and that the time he spent in Iraq of the most important periods of the Islamic Revolution, where the fertile ground for the expansion of its popular base.Mr. Khomeini left Iraq with great intellectual and political influence for a long time by teaching him to study abroad in jurisprudence. He studied a large number of students from different countries. Perhaps the most important lessons that Mr. Khomeini taught were in the Islamic government, Which proves that politics is at the heart of the cleric and emphasized the overlap of religion and politics. Therefore, we find a "clear" effect of Mr. Khomeini's ideas on all Islamic political movements in all Islamic countries.That Khomeini was a clergyman, but he was a brilliant political clergyman, who managed to win over the Iranian street, as well as the failure of the Shah more than once in an attempt to convince the Iranian people that he was making reforms for the advancement of Iran. He is a communist in religious clothing. Mr. Khomeini left political traces in Iran based on alienating the foreign presence from Iran, establishing an Islamic regime based on the mandate of the Faqih and electing a national Shura Council. Ayatollah Khomeini is the founder of the Islamic Republic's regime. Which has been achieved by the victory of the Islamic Revolution in Iran in 1979, which changed the face of the region.The first chapter, entitled "Its Origination, Study and Attitude from the Political Revolution in Iran (1902 - 1962)," was divided into four chapters. The first topic was entitled "The Relativity and Family History". The second topic The third topic is his "religious studies in Arak and Qom." The fourth topic is his position on political and political developments in Iran (1921 - 1962).The second chapter dealt with the role of Mr. Ruhollah Khomeini in canceling the amendment of the Local Council Elections Law in 1962. The second topic is the position of Mr. Ruhollah Khomeini Of the White Revolution, and included the third topic : the political activity of the spirit of God Khomeini after the White Revolution and the impact of his arrest on June 4, 1963, and touched the fourth topic : the political activity of the spirit of God Khomeini and his position on US immunity and his second detention on the fourth of November 1964.The third chapter, entitled "Political Views and Attitudes of Mr. Khomeini in Exile," came in six sections, including the first section, "The Denial of Mr. Ruhollah Khomeini to Turkey." The second topic, "Mr. Khomeini was denied to Iraq and continued to follow the political situation in Iran" , And the third topic, "The position of Mr. Khomeini on the Palestinian issue 1967 - 1973", and included the fourth section, "Mr. Khomeini and the assumption of the Baath Party in Iraq," and devoted the fifth section, "visions of Mr. Khomeini in the project of the Islamic government (Wilayat al Faqih) "The position of Mr. Khomeini from the celebrations of the Shah (1971 - 1973). "The fourth chapter, "Mr. Ruhollah Khomeini, examined the situation and the role of exile in overthrowing the Shah's regime (1975 - 1979)." The first section included the position of Mr. Khomeini on the establishment of the Rastakhiz Party and the change of the Iranian calendar in 1975, Which was recorded by Mr. Khomeini from his exile in Iraq and its impact on the political situation in Iraq (1977 - 1978), and dealt with the fourth topic, "Mr. Khomeini in France and his leadership of the Islamic Revolution and his return to Iran in February 1979."In addition to the published documents, Arabic books, Arabic books, Persian books, university papers, research and articles, in addition to the Internet.And ask the Almighty to help us to what He loves and to prove our feet and improve our punishment and does not take us to our mistakes because man is not infallible and subject to errors and sublime who does not sin and perfection to God Almighty.In conclusion, I would like to reiterate my thanks and gratitude to the Chairman of the Discussion Committee, the members of the honorable discussion committee and the honorable audience for hearing this summary of my research, and I am now with all your ears to hear your opinions and sincere guidance ... Thank you.

الحياة الاجتماعية للعائلة المالكة في العراق1921 - 1958 == The Social Life For The Royal Family In Iraq 1921 - 1958

Author name: وديان حيدر نشمي الدلفي
Supervisor name: حسين علي فليح الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the social life the royal Family in Iraq including the simple details their every day life situation is on of the scientific and academic studies that every one has to Know The thesis is talking about the Royal Familys life since 1921, the year in which king faisal Ihas become the ruler of Iraq the study ends in 1958 the year in which 14th july Revolution has taken place by which the Royal system is changed to the Republican one. The study (thesis) consists of the Introduction and Four chapters then the conclusion. The First chapter is called King Faisal I From 1921_1933 the second chepter is titled the social For King chazi 1933_1939 with the social life oF the Guardian Abdul Ilah and king Faisal II 1939_1953 chapter Four is crowning king Faisal II 1953_1958. The study is built on various documents and sources From Arabic as well as translated to Arabic Furthermore, mony periodicals and thesis that have enriched the is with different valuable in formation which have a great role to provide the detailed information for the mentioned social and political events events. It is clear From the Royal social life has agreat simplicity and too much humility for all the royal members starting with King Faisal and ending with King Faisal II, mang situations Form social life events present their simplicity and humility of the Royal Family members we ther with the other Kings or with various layers of the Iraqi society. It is clear that regard less of the social economical, political and cultural circumstances of Iraq at that time before the time of King Faisal I, the King was able to bear great burdens to promote the Iraqi reality the same as during the ruling era of King Ghazi and prince Abdul Ilah as well King Faisal II when his ruling era has ended after the 14 july Revolution 1958.

فاروق بن فؤاد الاول ودوره في الحياة السياسية في مصر حتى عام 1952 == Farouk bin Fouad I and his role in the political life in Egypt until 1952

Author name: نور اياد عبد الله
Supervisor name: نضر علي امين الشريف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:

الذهبي (ت : 748 هـ / 1349م) ومنهجه في كتابه سير اعلام النبلاء == AL - DHAHABI (D : 748 A.H / 1349 A.C) AND HIS METHOD IN HIS BOOK SIER AaLaam AL - NUBALA

Author name: فراس محمد حسين محمد
Supervisor name: خليل ابراهيم جاسم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: AL - Dahahabi is great historian in the filed of biographies . The study attempts to reveal his method in writing his book sier Aalaam AL - Nubala , obituaries of Eminent men . An investigation of biographies in his book has revealed that AL - Dahahbi possessed a certain concept during (social elite ) in the creation of history . The study constitutes of five chapters . The first provides the Age of AL - Dahahbi during Mamluks period in addition to his biography himself .Chapter two decliars the book sier Aalaam AL - Nubala during the plan global in the fields of time and location , history of authoring the book , and the appendixes of the book . Chapter three includes AL - Dahahbi concept of history as shown by the role of (social elite) . Here , discrepancies with previous works dealing with biographies of eminent men has been stressed . Light has been thrown on the foundation on which the eminent persons had built their social , political and cultural position illustrating the rang of their influence on the society .Chapter four includes information on - AL - Dahahbi sources , focusing attention on the method he used in quoting from his predecessors and contemporaries . The impact of verbal quotations and eye - witness reporting in examined .Chapter five tackles the from and content of AL - Dahahbi's biographies . size of the obituary , number of line sand method have all been taken into account . His way in presenting the biographies and motives in his inclusion of marginal ones also comes under the line light . As for content , the study examinates the major elements of biographies , starting with the name of the eminent personality and ending with his death

الصلات الثقافية بين الموصل والاندلس من القرن 3 هـ / 9 م الى نهاية القرن 7 هـ / 13م

Author name: منار نظير نديم
Supervisor name: عبد الواحد ذنون طه
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: ان الاتصال الثقافي بين الموصل والاندلس نتيجة طبيعة احكمتها اللغة المشتركة ، والدور الاسلامي الذي له نصيب الريادة في تشجيع الحركة الثقافية ، وتحقق التمازج بين ثقافات البلدان اذ مثلت المنطقتين ساحـة خصبة لتلقي العلوم والمعارف ، ساعدهما موقعهما الجغرافي وما امتلكتاه من مميزات طبيعية جعلتهما مركـزا لاستقطاب طوائف مختلفة تتوافد عليهما من عدة اماكن لغرض الزيادة او التحصيل العلمي او لغرض التجارة . مما كان له اثر في تكوين صلات ثقافية اخذت تنشا بين اهل البلد والوافدين اليها .ـ كان لجهود اهالي المنطقتين العلمية والثقافية اثـر كبير في تقدم الثقافة وازدهارها ، كما ساعدت على خلق حلقة ثقافية متواصلة من خـلال مؤهلاتها الخلقية التي كانت معبرة عن الانسجام والتفاعل الثقافي وعن النتاج والابداع ، فكانـت رعايتهم للعلم نابعة من رغبتهم الذاتية ،فخـدم الوعي الثقافي للمجتمعين اللقاء الحضاري والعلمي الذي حصل ، فخدم كل منهما الاخر بما يملكه من قدرات ثقافية .ـ اثرت الطبيعة في تشكيل اقتصاد جيد ساعد على توفير بيئة مناسبة خدمت رعاة العلم من حكام وعلماء وسائر المجتمع . فقد ساهـم وبشكل فعال في جعل المنطقتين مركز جذب للناس لغرض السكن والاقامة فيهما ، مما ادى الى زيادة ونمو حجم السكان .ـ اثرت السلطة تاثيرا ايجابيا في جعل منطقة الموصل والاندلـس منبعا مـن منابع المعرفة ، من خلال نشر الحريـة الثقافية والرغبة والتعمـق في الحصول على كل مسببات الحركة الثقافية في كـلا البلدين حتى تقاربت المستويات الثقافية بين مدينة كالموصل وهي جـزء من بلد حضارته قديمة عرفتها الازمان وحدثت بها الاثار ، وبلد كبير مثل الاندلس برز منذ بداية نشاته مقرا ثقافيا لتوحيد مركزه وتمجيد اثره . فهذا الاتجاه الثقافـي الذي ساد في البلدين خلق نوعا من التواصل بينهما ، اذ يقصد الموصل من خلاله من توجه الى المشرق منجذبا نحوها ، واجدا فيها ارضية ثقافية خصبة ليستكمل علمه الذي رفـدته به مراكز النهضة الثقافية في المشرق ، والموصل واحدة منها . وقـد تشابهت ادوار السلطة في كل من الموصل والاندلس ضمن جميع الحقب الزمنية ، فحينما نجـد اميرا موصليا يشرع في بناء مدرسة او دار حديث ، نلاحظ بالمقابل حاكما اندلسيا يشجع على التاليف واقتناء الكتب من مشارق الارض ومغاربها .ـ لم يكن دور العلماء اقل شانا من دور السلطة وتاثيرها على الحركة الثقافية ، فكانت الجهـود مترابطة فيما بينهـم في كل من الموصل والاندلـس للوصول الى ارقى المستويات الثقافيـة ، فكان كل منهم متحمل مسؤولية تثقيـف وتطوير بلده ليحضى بمكانة متميزة عن غيره ، وهذا ما جعلهم سباقين في التطلع والتواصل والمشاركة الحضارية للوصول الى الحقيقة العلمية ، وتثبيت دورهـم في بيئهم الثقافية ، فكانت ادوارهم حثيثة في التاليف والتصنيف والتدريس لنشر بـذور المعرفة وغرسها في ارض ثقافية استطاعت ان تنتج فكرا نيرا ، واعيا متقدمة للمساهمة في كل مجالات المعرفة .ـ كان للمدارس دور كبيـر في دفع الحركة الثقافيـة الى الامام ، من خلال اجتذابها لطلاب العلم،وتعزيز مكانة الموصل بوصفها مركزا ثقافيا ونشرها العلوم والمعرفة في كافة المجالات ، في الوقت الذي لم تحظ الاندلس بوجودها ، فقد كانت الكتاتيب والمساجد المقر الاول لتلقي العلوم ، يقابل ذلك اهتمام المجتمع بكل طبقاته في طلب العلم،اذ كان مستوى ثقافتهم محط تنافسهم ،لذلك كان اهتمامهم منصب عليه محاولين اخذه من منابعه .ـ ساهمت المراكـز الثقافية على كثرة انواعهوااختلافها في المنطقتين على شيوع اللقاءات الفكرية ، وما يحـدث فيها عادة من مناقشات ومناظرات ادت الى حد كبير الى دفع الحركة الثقافية ورفدها ، فقد عكست بصورة مباشرة مراحل التطور الثقافي التي مرت بها الحركة العلمية والادبية ، فكان ازديادها نتيجة طبيعية لذلك التطور ، حيث ان العلاقات التي تكونت فيما بينها كانت واحدة من صور التعاون الذي جعل المنطقتين في مستوى ثقافي مشهود له .ـ وكانت الرحلة على اختلاف انواعها المنفـذ الذي اطلع من خلاله الاندلسيون على علوم المشرق ، مستفيدين من العلماء المشرقيين الذين كانوا منبعا لتلك العلوم . وقد فرضت الموصل بامكانيتها الثقافية على الوافدين الى المشرق الانتباه اليها بوصفها مركزا ثقافيا يداني المراكز التي نعم المشرق بوجودها . اذ انها احتوت على اغلب العلماء الذين تشد اليهم الرحال بعكس الاندلس التي كان علماؤها بحاجة لتعميق دراستهم وتطورها ، وهذا ما جعل كفة الرحلة غير متوازنة الا انها حققت نتيجة علمية وثقافية من خلال نقل مرويات ومؤلفات اهل الموصل الى الاندلـس .

العراق في السياسة الامريكية المعاصرة 1980 - 2003 == Iraq in the American Contemporary policy 1980 - 2003

Author name: عادل محمد حسين العليان
Supervisor name: ابراهيم خليل احمد العلاف
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: ذكرنا في صفحات هذه الاطروحة ان الولايات المتحدة الامريكية اهتمت بالعراق منذ مدة طويلة سبقت احتلالها له في مفتتح القرن الحادي والعشرين لا بسبب اهمية موقعه الاستراتيجي فحسب ، وانما بسبب وجود موارد نفطية هائلة فيه ، وكونه احد اخر دولتين تنضب فيهما الثورة النفطية في العالم . هذا فضلا عن امتلاكه لثروة بشرية ولعمقه الحضاري المعروف . وقد حاولت الولايات المتحدة الامريكية الاستفادة من الحروب التي خاضتهواانتصرت فيهوامنحتها هذه الحروب الاولوية في ان تعيد تشكيل خارطة العالم بما يحقق لها التفوق في السياسات الدولية ، ويمنح شركاتها النفطية امتيازات هائلة على حساب الدول المنافسة لها ، فقد كان الهدف الاستراتيجي الاكبر للولايات المتحدة في منطقة الشرق الاوسط ابان فترة الحرب الباردة هو تامين تدفق النفط باسعار متدنية اليهواالى حلفائها الغربيين، لان النفط كان عنصرا مهما وحاسما في النواحي الاقتصادية والعسكرية ، وبدون النفط الذي عد (( شريان دم العالم )) فان الاقتصاد الامريكي يضعف ومعه الاقتصاد الغربي ، وبضعف الاقتصاد فان القوة العسكرية تصبح غير قادرة على محاربة الاتحاد السوفيتي ومواجهته ، لان السوفيت كانوا متفوقين على الامريكان والدول الحليفة لهم في هذا المجال لوجود المنابع النفطية في الارض السوفيتية . ولم يكن بامكان الامريكان مواجهة السوفيت خلال النصف الثاني من القرن العشرين الا من خلال ايجاد نظم وحكومات حليفة لها في منطقة الشرق الاوسط مثل ايران ، والمملكة العربية السعودية ، ومصر واسرائيل التي كان عليها مواجهة النفوذ السوفيتي وعرقلة توسعه في هذه المنطقة الحيوية من العالم ، لاسيما ان حروب التدخل الامريكية اثبتت فشلها ، واثارت الوضع الداخلي في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بسبب الخسائر التي تمخضت عنها ، مثل حرب فيتنام التي كانت درسا قاسيا للامريكان ، فتم تبني الحرب بالنيابة او ((سياسة العمودين المتساندين)) او غيرها من السياسات التي رسم معالمها عدد من اساطين السياسة الامريكية المعاصرة . بالمقابل اثبتت الحروب العربية - الاسرائيلية ضرورة تحييد العراق ومنعه من تقديم الدعم اللازم للمنظمات الفلسطينية ولدول المواجهة ، لكون جيشه شارك في كل الحروب التي خاضها العرب ضد اسرائيل ، وبالتالي فان اضعافه او جره الى حروب اقليمية من شانه ان يسمح لمخطط ( السلام ) ان يتحقق ، او ان يفسح المجال امام حوار فلسطيني - اسرائيلي يجعل امن اسرائيل حقيقة واقعة بدلا من ان يبقى هذا الامن مهددا باستمرار ، فجاءت التغييرات التي شهدتها ايران عام 1979 ووصول المؤسسة الدينية الى السلطة فيها فرصة لجر العراق الى حرب اقليمية لا منتصر خارج منهواتستنزف فيها امكانات العراق الاقتصادية والعسكرية . وقد ادى خروج العراق من الحرب مع ايران ( 1980 ـ 1988 ) بخبرات عسكرية، كبيرة وعدم اهتزاز امكانات جيشه رغم مرور ثماني سنوات عليها الى ان تفكر الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بجر العراق الى حرب ثانية ، لان اهدافها في حرب الخليج الاولى لم تتحقق باكملها ، فبحثت عن ادوات لها ، فوجدت في بعض النظم الخليجية ، لاسيما الكويت ، ضالتها المنشودة ، واستغلت ردود الفعل السريعة لدى الرئيس العراقي واندفاعه واعتقاده ان ظروف الحرب مع ايران مازالت قائمة ، وان احتلاله للكويت لن يواجه برد فعل قوي من قبل الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ، لانه سيرضي مصالحها النفطية ولن يهددها في حالة ضم الكويت اليه ، فوقع في الفخ الامريكي ، لياتي دخول العراق الى الكويت واحتلاله لها فرصة ذهبية للامريكان ، لكي يتجاوزوا ازمتهم الاقتصادية التي وصلت الى عجز يقدر بنحو (220) مليار دولار عام 1990 . لقد كان غرض الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من تحشيدها للدول الغربية وغيرها في شن الحرب ضد العراق عام 1991 وتمويل حملتها من حلفائهوامن دول الخليج العربي هو تحولها من دولة مدينة الى دولة دائنة ، والهيمنة على هذه المنطقة الحيوية وتدمير العراق كقوة عسكرية مهمة لصالح اسرائيل ، وتهيئة الخليج العربي لاستراتيجية امريكية جديدة بعد ان استخدم الامريكان وحلفاؤهم ما يوازي حجم المتفجرات التي القت على هيروشيما اليابانية ثماني مرات قاتلة حسب ادنى تقديرات الصليب الاحمر الدولية . وجاءت احداث الحادي عشر من ايلول 2001 التي تباينت الاراء حولها ، والاهداف التي من ورائها لتمنح الامريكان والرئيس بوش ( الابن ) (( فرصة العصور )) لوضع المخططات المتوافرة لمهاجمة العراق ، وادخاله في (( محور الشر )) مع ايران وكوريا الشمالية ، وبالفعل تم اطلاق مشروع ((مستقبل العراق)) الذي جعل الكونغرس الامريكي يقر مشروعا اعطى لبوش سلطة استخدام القوة في العراق (( كلمرااى ذلك ضروريا ومناسبا )). ولم تكن الامم المتحدة ومجلس الامن التابع لها بعيدة عن الهيمنة الامريكية ومخططات صانع القرار الامريكي في ضرب العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي ، فاسهمت بدورها في اصدار القرارات الواحد تلو الاخر ضد الشعب العراقي ، وحذرت النظام العراقي من عدم التعاون مع فرق التفتيش الدولية عن الاسلحة التي اثبتت كل الوقائع اانها كانت ذريعة استخدمت من اجل تحقيق الاهداف الامريكية ليس الا . وهكذا سعت الاستراتيجية الامريكية للتخلص من النظام السياسي في العراق وانهاء حكم صدام حسين له من خلال حملة سريعة عرفت بعملية (( حرية العراق )) وخلق حكومة موالية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية في بغداد ، وانشاء قواعد امريكية تسهل عملية الهيمنة عليه، لان وجود مثل هذه الحكومة سيسمح للولايات المتحدة باجراء تعديلات وتغييرات في الخارطة السياسية في منطقة الشرق الاوسط .لقد كانت عملية احتلال العراق عام 2003 خطوة رئيسية باتجاه اجراء تغييرات في معالم الشرق الاوسط ، ومنها منح الانظمة المعارضة للولايات المتحدة الفرصة لاصلاح مواقفها او ازالتها نهائيا لان احتلال العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي كان درسا لتلك الانظمة فاقدمت ليبيا ، على سبيل المثال لا الحصر ، على تفكيك مشروعها النووي والتخلي عنه نهائيا، ومحاولة فتح صفحة جديدة مع الامريكان ، فضلا عن ذلك فان الامريكان سيتخذون من ( درس العراق ) تهديدا لدول الشرق الاوسط من انها تدعم الارهاب الدولي ، وان هذه الدول يجب تغيير انظمتها السياسية لانها بعدم مكافحتها للارهابيين تشكل خطرا بالغا على الامن القومي الامريكي . واخيرا فان احتلال العراق كان في بعض جوانبه ضمانا لامن اسرائيل ، فلقد خرج العراق من خانة المهددين لها ، واضحى تاجيل اقامة الدولة الفلسطينية الى حين هدفا لها . وبهذا فان تطوير العراق لاسلحة نووية ووجود صلات بين النظام السابق في العراق وتنظيم القاعدة الارهابي ، وكون الرئيس العراقي الاسبق (( مغامرا )) كبير لا تضمن نتائج افعاله ، واقامة دعائم الديمقراطية في عراق ما بعد صدام حسين لم تكن الا ذرائع استخدمتها الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من اجل احتلال العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي لصالح تنفيذ خطط الاستراتيجية الامريكية في منطقة الشرق الاوسط ، والتي عملت من اجلها اكثر من نصف قرن . | Iraq was - and is still, yet - the focus of attention of super power during its recent and contemporary history. Iraq, since the first beginning of its history, was a passage between East and West. Its borders reflected interests of the super power, during the I World, and not hopes of its people and that stayed as defiance for it with neighbors. As for its economic well - off, huge oil resources, peculiar and strategic position; Iraq was exposed to foreign domination attempts and a competition field for different power under various excuses and claims. The British came after a backward Ottoman domination which was unable to make Iraq as a modern country. The establishment of Iraqi state happend together with British influence, even if it was not purposed, was slight within identified aspects and they had a bearing upon Iraqi society and structure in varied aspects. And yet, the United States was not faraway from Iraq, or the latter was not within its strategy, or was as a secondary number in its consideration; rather Iraq was, since the American taking care of the Middle East region, as a significant state for American policy maker who has considered, as for others, the Middle East region is as the center of the Globe; the one who controls it would control all over the world; nevertheless, that dose not mean the insignificance of other region for American politicians; which is emphasized by various American administrations when draw its strategies and foreign goals. By virtue of the great importance for Iraq within American strategy and concentration to put under their hegemony till it reached a stage where more than one ruling American administration have asserted on need of direct occupying under this allegation or that whether individually or by an international alliance up to a point where it became occupied, also ending its political regime and its international independence on April 9, 2003, owing to that I have selected the subject " Iraq in Contemporary American Policy 1980 - 2003 " as to be my dissertation title. Many factors have contributed to choose this theme; first of all was the importance of the subject, non - being of independent academic studies that approached it until now, however, there are some academic these and dissertations which tackled Iraqi - American relation 1945 - 1958, Iraqi - American relation 1967 - 1987, and the U. S policy toward Iraq 1958 - 1963; but they have which policy connected with historical events so as the political change in 2003 to be a fundamental and comprehensive alteration for all that have been planned by occupying it practically and overthrowing its political regime and substituted for a pro - U. S. A regime; hence, studying such a filled with events and variables is considered as scientific and practical task at the same time; that acquires its significance from the nature and vitality of the subject itself. The thesis composed of an introduction four chapters, and a conclusion. Chapter one discussed the historical bases for Iraq's relations with the United states since the second half of 19th century to the end of 1968, The chapter also discussed handled Iraq's position in the American policy between 1968 and 1980. In 1980 Iraq - Iran War broke out for many reasons; some of them are ideological differences between the tow political regimes in both countries, the desire of both to prevent the other from imposing its will on neighboring Arab Gulf States, continuity of border problems and the inroads upon borders between them especially by Iran which always was putting forward the necessity of ( Revolution Exporting ) to Iraq and Gulf States and interfering in internal affaires, and the like of reasons that moved them to engage in war that lasted eight years during which the tow countries presented heavy losses and casualties that did not serve but the super powers interests particularly the United States which participated in drawing out the war to weaken both parties, besides the destruction of their infrastructures for the interest of the Zionist schemes in the region, took up American policy tendencies and its development toward Iraq in 1984 - 1988. All of this was the focus of Chapter tow of the thesis. Chapter three involved Iraq's position in the American strategy between 1988 and 1993, where it studied the attitude of Washington towards Iraq in the wake of Iraq - Iran War up to bait Iraq in order to occupy Kuwait in 1990; and the eruption of the Second Gulf War in 1991; also, the subsequent resolutions by the United Nation. While chapter four which is the latter indicated to the United States policy toward raq since 1993 until occupation of it and ending its political regime on April 9, 2003. The information included in the thesis proved that the United States watched over Iraq for along time before occupying it in the beginning of the 21th century not only due to the importance of its strategic position, but in view of its vast oil resources and as being one of tow states which will be the last in case of oil's running out around the world. The U.S.A attempted to profiteer from wars that carried and gained by it and gifted with priority to reshape the map of the world from where it achieves its superiority on international policies, and to give its oil companies tremendous capitulations at the expense of other rival states; where the greatest and strategic target for the U. S. A in the Middle East during the cold war is ensure oil flow with low prices for it and its western allies insomuch as oil was substantial and crucial in economic and military aspects; without oil, which is regarded as (( word's blood artery )), the American and western economies will became weak as a result of that military power will lose strength so that it will be unable to combat and confront the Soviet Union by reason of that the Soviets proved superior to Americans and their Allies in this field as the oil wells were within the Soviet lands. The Americans were not in a position to defy during the second half of the 20th century except by creating allied regimes and governments in the Middle East like Iran, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and Israel which had to encounter the Soviet extension and hampering it in this vital region of the world specifically when the American intervention wars proved its unsuccess and irritated the internal situation in American because of the losses brought about the war in Vietnam which a rigorous lesson for the Americans then they took up the war on behalf of or (( The collaborated pillars )) or other policies drawn by the experts of contemporary American policy. In return the Arabs - Israel wars established the necessity for neutralizing Iraq and restrain it from presenting the proper support for Palestinian organizations and confrontation states because its army engaged in all wars battled by Arabs against Israel, accordingly, Iraq weakening or pulling it into regional wars would make the scheme of ( peace ) to come true, or to step aside for Palestinian - Israeli talks that make the Israeli security actual state of affairs instead of being threatened unceasingly; thus, changes in Iran in 1979; arrival of religious foundation to power, were as an opportunity to pull Iraq into regional war without any victorious during which and to exhaust Iraqi economic and military potentials. Iraq's getting out of war with Iran with considerable military expertise's and an army with unshakable capacities although after eight years of war; all that prompted the U.S. A to pull Iraq into a second war since its purposes through the first Gulf war had not fulfilled completely; that is why it searched for its means and then found that some Gulf regimes, in particular Kuwait, as its long - sought goal; then it exploited the hasty reactions of Iraq's president Sadam Husein and zealousness; believing that conditions during war with Iran were still existent and his occupation of Kuwait would not be faced with a strong reaction by the U.S.A on the grounds that he would satisfy its oil interests and would not be threatened in case of annexing Kuwait to Iraq; then he got stuck in the American trap, thereupon, Iraq's entering and occupation of Kuwait became a golden chance for the Americans to overcome their economic crisis where it endured a deficit estimated at about 220 $ billion in 1990. The American aims behind, concentrating Western states and others to wage war against Iraq in 1991; financing its cam pain by its Allies and Arab Gulf states, are to be changed from an indebted state to a creditor state; to prevail over this pivotal region; to destroy Iraq as a crucial military bower in favor of Israel and preparing the Arab Gulf for a new American strategy after Americans and their Allies using to explosives that are equal to eight times of that bombed over the Japanese city of Hiroshima according to minimum estimations by International Red Cross Organization.The events of the eleventh of September 2001, in which the views were varying, were the objects behind came to give the American and the president Bush ( the son ) (( opportunity of ages )) to lay available plans for attacking Iraq and include within (( evil center )) with Iran and North Korea, actually the project of (( Iraq's future )) was launched which made the American Congress to adopt a resolution that authorized Bush to use force against Iraq (( whenever that necessary and adequate )). The United Nations and the Security Council were not far - off the American hegemony and the schemes of the American policy makers to attack Iraq and to overthrow its political regime, and then it contributed to issue resolutions one after one against Iraqi people and warned Saddam Hussein's regime from being not cooperative with international inspection teams about weapons where all true state of affairs that they were not but a pretext used to implement American goals.As such, the Hussein's strategy to get rid of the political regime in Iraq and to end Saddam Hussein's rule through a swift campaign called the operation of (( Iraq's freedom )) , to create a government that is to be an adherent to the U.S.A in Baghdad, establishing American bases to facilitate its domination over it since such a government would permit for the United States to make amendments and changing's in the political map of the Middle East particularly in Saudi a Arabic at worst like the rise of an anti - American in AL Riyadh.The operation of occupying Iraq in 2003 was a principal step to make changing's in the features of the Middle East including giving the regimes that oppose the United States the chance to reform its attitudes or to be removed entirely for occupation of Iraq and toppling its political regime was as a lesson all these regimes where Libya, as an example and not exclusively, dismantled its nuclear project and up it absolutely, also attempting to start a new stage with the Americans, furthermore, the Americans will use ( Iraq's lesson ) as a threat to the Middle Eastern states as for that they support international terrorism and the political regimes of these states must be changed because when they do not struggle the terrorists then they will be a serious against American national security.Finally, occupation of Iraq was in some of its aspects a guarantee for Israeli security where Iraq is no longer a threat to Israel and delaying the establishment of the Palestinian state for some time because as a target for it. thereby, Iraq's developing nuclear weapons, finding connections between Saddam Hussein's regime and the terrorist organization of AL - Qaeda, and that Saddam is a great adventurer and his action are not ensured, also establishment of democracy pillars in the Iraq of period after Saddam, all that were not but excuses used by the U.S.A to occupy Iraq and to bring down its political regime to implement the American strategy in the Middle East region

عبد الرزاق محي الدين ودوره السياسي والفكري في العراق 1910 - 1983 == Abdul - Razzaq Muhee Aldeen and his Political and Intellectual Role in Iraq 1910 - 1983

Author name: احمد هاشم جاسم العتابي
Supervisor name: جميل موسى النجار
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: تحتل شخصية عبد الرزاق محي الدين دورا بارزا على الصعيدين السياسي والفكري في العراق، خلال تاريخه المعاصر، واخذت هذه الرسالة على عاتقها تسليط الضوء على النتاج السياسي والفكري لهذه الشخصية.فدرست سيرة عبد الرزاق محي الدين الشخصية, وانشطته وادواره السياسية 1958 - 1966, وتطرقت الى استيزاره خلال عهد الرئيس عبد الرحمن محمد عارف، وانشطته وادواره الفكرية.في الخاتمة اعطيت اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها.فكانت النقطة الاكثر اهمية هي ان عبد الرزاق محي الدين نشا في بيئة فكرية جعلته يتقلد المناصب السياسة من اجل تحقيق اهداف الشعوب العربية في الوحدة,فاختير للقيام بمهام وطنية وقومية في ان واحد,فتقلد منصب وزارة الوحدة في العراق للفترة1964 - 1968,وتسلمه لمنصب الامانة العامة للقيادة السياسية الموحدة بين العراق والجمهورية العربية المتحدة,واختير رئيسا للجنة التحضيرية لاعادة بناء الاتحاد الاشتراكي العربي في العراق1967, فضلا عن المناصب العلمية والفكرية, كرئاسته للمجمع العلمي العراقي خلال الفترة1965 - 1979,مما مكنه من قيادة السياسات الثقافية نحو التوجه العروبي ودفاعه عن القومية العربية بشكل عام والدفاع عن وطنه العراق بشكل خاص واستمر في ادواره حتى وفاته1983 | The figure of Abdul - Razzaq Muhee Aldeen occupies an impart role on the political and intellectual levels in Iraq, throughout this contemporary history. This thesis assumes the task of shedding light on the political outcome of that figure. The biography of Abdul - Razzaq Muhee Aldeen and hnis activities as well as political roles (1958 - 1966) were studied in this thesis. Also, his selection during the reign of President Abdulrahman Aarif (1966 - 1968), and his activities and role were tackled here. In the conclusion we give the most important findings which include the most important points that Abdul - Razzaq Muhee Aldeen was brought up in an intellectual environment that made him assume political positions for the purpose of achieving the objectives of the Arab people in unity. He was chosen to assume the national and Pan - Arab missions simultaneously. He assumed the position of ministry inn Iraq for one period 1964 - 1968, and he assumed the position of secretary of consolidated council between Irtaq and the United Arab Republic U.A.R. he was chosen as the chairman of the preparatory committee to reconstruct the Socialist Arab Union in Iraq 1967. In addition to that, he assumed scientific and academic positions like he presidency of the Iraqi Academy of Scientific during the period 1965 - 1979. That enabled him to lead the cultural leadership towards the Pan - Arabism tendencies and his defend of the Arab nationality in general and his homeland Iraq in particular until his death in 1983

الحياة الفكرية في الثغور والعواصم حتى القرن الخامس للهجرة / الحادي عشر للميلاد == The Intellectual Life in Thugh?r and Aw?sim Until the Fifth Century of A.H. / the Eleventh Century A.D

Author name: سناء عبد الله عزيز الطائي
Supervisor name: طه خضر عبيد صالح العبيد
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: The intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim started with the beginning of their rise , specifically after 84 A.H. / 705 A.D. Thughúr and Awásim are regarded as important provinces in Islamic Arab state due to their location role and importance . The Study covers the period extending from until the end of the fifth century of Hegira / the eleventh century A.D. Such limitation is attributed to the bad conditions which the cities in Thughúr and Awásim witnessed . Thughúr and Awásim became the embodiment of the developed civilization after . They were provided with the requirement needed for such suitable intellectual atmosphere . Hence Thughúr and Awásim attracted scholars and neo scholars of different intellectual and scientific specializations in the other provinces of the caliphate . Many Scholars (Ulamaa) and Students come to them and there appeared hundreds of scholars . The Study includes an introduction , four chapter , a conclusion and an index containing the names of scholars . The First chapter encompasses two sections . The First deals with the concept of and Awásim in Arabia and Bilad Al - Sham with reference to their classifications . The Second section treats the natural conditions such as the water resources , rivers , lakes and mountains in order to draw a picture of the surrounding circumstance . Chapter two deals with the factors that helped in the development of the intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim , which are divided into internal factors which contain the religious , social , political , economic factors , the role of Caliphs and Walis , and the nature of the scientific travels , and the external factors consist of the impact of the military campaigns , the rule of prisoners , of embassies and of the scientific delegations in addition to the emphasis laid on the nature of Thughúr and Awásim from different sides such as the geographical location , especially they were on the Byzantine borders . Chapter three , on the other hand , has two sections , the first dealing with the most important centers in the cities of Thughúr and Awásim , which are the religious centers such as mosques , churches , abbeys , the role forts , schools and teaching symposia . The second tackles the teaching methods like listening , reading , as well as scientific leaves . Finally , the forth and the last chapter includes the walks of the intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim which are categorized into religious sciences of which are readings , tafiseer hadith , fiqh and the linguistic sciences which involve poetry , prosaic epics , grammar , history . At last , there were the exact sciences like medicine , astronomy , mathematics . The study ends up with important indexes containing the names of scholars and philosophers and additional information about them

التطورات الاجتماعية في الحلة 1958 - 1968 == The Social developments in Hilla 1958 - 1968

Author name: سجاد مهدي عرين
Supervisor name: سهيل صبحي سلمان الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of "The social developments in Hilla - from 1958 - 1968 " is one of the topics that deserve to be studied because academic studies did not pay much attention to the social history only recently. The attention was limited to the political and economic aspects despite the great importance of the social aspect as it touches the social life in its details clearly and directly. Therefore, I chose the study (The Social Developments in Hilla 1958 - 1968) as the subject of my thesis in order to study certain aspects of the history of social status of Hilla. The reason for making the duration of the research starts in 1958 was the revolution of 14th of July of the same year, which ended the reign of the monarchy, which lasted for 37 years. The revolution came with social, economic and political laws and reforms in the interest of the people by improving the status of the peasants and reducing feudalism and standing by students and workers and improve their living conditions in addition to the cultural and urban development witnessed by the city during that period. The reason for ending the search in 1968 was the white coup on July, 17 of the same year by Baathi leaders and headed by Ahmed Hassan al - Bakr.The thesis consisted of an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the general situation in Hilla before the revolution of July 14, 1958, the first section includes the social life of the Hilli community. The second section deals with the economic life while the third section includes the position of the political forces from the economic and social conditions.The second chapter is devoted to the study of the social relations in rural areas. The first section deals with the social relations in rural areas. The second section includes the social customs and traditions. The third section includes the role of women in society. The fourth section referred to the law of agrarian reform, while the fourth section is about the agricultural associations. The fifth sections deals with the migration from the countryside to the city.The third chapter was entitled the social developments in the city. The first topic dealt with the role of the middle classes in Hilla. The second topic dealt with the role of the labor movement. The third topic dealt withthe religious and archeological milestones. The fourth topic dealt with the role of culture in the development of the society. The fifth section addressed the urban development and recreational facilities in Hilla. The fourth chapter reviewed the social services in Hilla. The first section deals with educational services. The second section is devoted to the health services and its development, and the third section deals with the communication and transportation services.We concluded that the social life in Hilla during the period 1958 - 1968 witnessed important developments and changes that moved the Hilli society from the recession that existed during the royal era (1921 - 1958) to the state of an open and developed society on the world, which was witnessed by the Western world. The revolution of July 14, 1958 confirmed that its mission is to provide social services to the deserving Iraqi people in cities, villages and rural areas, in addition to the development of educational institutions due to the state interest in the education sector and increasing its expenditure on educational services. That led to educational development and the increase in the number of students at all levels, as well as for teachers, and the disappearance of old fashioned ways of teaching during the period of research due to the spread of schools, and applying of compulsory education, free books and stationery as well as the promotion of cultural and scientific level through scholarships outside Iraq. The Scientific and literary meetings played a role in the social and human development through social and cultural associations. They provided various services to the community. Several newspapers and magazines also participated in raising awareness, the advocating of reformation as well as addressing negative situations and improving social conditions for better. Health conditions during the period of research have been developed due to the expansion of the establishment of health institutions like hospitals and clinics, in addition to the concern for maternal and child health. This is reflected in the Institute of Motherhood and Childhood in Hilla. Life and health statistics showed an increase in the number of live births at the expense of the dead. A significant proportion of children's diseases and obstetrics for women had been dealt with also

الحياة الثقافية في جبل لبنان 1831 - 1914 == The cultural Life in Jabal Lebanon (1831 - 1914)

Author name: باهرة عادل هادي الجبوري
Supervisor name: نادية كاظم محمد العبودي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the cultural life in Jabal Lebanon is considered as essential element since it is represented the beginning of modern intellectual renaissance, its aspect clearly appeared by establishing the modern schools that contributed into extending the intellectual domain with its different forms throughout the Arab east and number of western states. The thesis 's spatial is bounded in 1831 where it has witnessed the arrival of the US missionaries in Jabal Lebanon and the occupation of Ibrahim Basha to Levant. Al - Umran has owned a grand effect upon changing the cultural condition in Jabal Lebanon and the thesis 's time ended in 1914, where it has witnessed the First War World. The thesis includes an introduction, four chapters and conclusion, where the chapter one includes the cultural life in Jabal Lebanon under the control of the Othman (1516 - 1831), the chapter two includes US missionaries along with its cultural effect upon (jabal Lebanon 1831 - 1861), THE CHAPTER THREE is about the cultural conditions in jabal Lebanon under the ruling of " Mutasrifiyah " (1861 - 1914) and the CHAPTER FOUR includes the intellectual creation in jabal Lebanon (1831 - 1914). The researcher has relied on a huge number of documents and references in addition to theses. It has been indicated that jabal Lebanon has witnessed huge developments in the cultural life as that explained in the establishment of modern schools and universities in addition to printings and issuing newspapers. This resulted into preparing elite of educated having a grand role in modernizing Lebanon ; besides, the roles of princes of jabal Lebanon, especially the prince (Fakhar AL - Din AL - Muaani and the prince " Basher AL - Shihabi who contributed into modernizing jabal Lebanon with all its cultural aspects

التعليم فـــي المغرب الاقصى 1912 - 1956 == Education in Farthest Morocco 1912 - 1956

Author name: كوثر حامد جاسم
Supervisor name: خضير حسن سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The subject of education drew the attention of the political regimes which successively ruled Morocco due to the great influence the French Protection had over the period 1912 - 1956 on Education in Morocco. For this reason, educational policy of Morocco faced new challenges. To explain it, this thesis tries to shed more light on education in Morocco in that period.The plan of research requires me to divide it into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion : The first chapter is titled : Education in Morocco before the Imposition of French Protection,1873 - 1912, the second : Education from the Beginning of Protection Era to the End of WWII ,1912 - 1918, the third : Educational Policy between two Wars, 1919 - 1939, and the fourth : The Educational Policy, 1939 - 1956.In the Conclusion, I give the most important results I reached. The most important point is that it became clear that France did not impose its protection only to occupy lands and to get their wealth but it also sought to dominate all fields of Moroccan society once and for all. To achieve this purpose, France overwhelmed the education in order to implant its language and culture in the minds and souls of Moroccans, in a hope to ensure its permanent existence there on one hand, and to develop a defenseless local society whose individuals do not feel the bondage and membership to their own land and nationality on the other hand.We could also recognize the great role the Sultans of Morocco, who ruled before and after the Protection, from Hassan I to Muhammad V, in the field of education. The role of Muhammad V was significant in the renaissance of education and the establishment of schools, in addition to the coordination with leaders of national movement to resist authorities of the Protectorate, not to say his direct initiative to educate the Moroccan women, realizing the necessity of her role in building of society
1 ... 75 76 77 78 79 ... 93